sv4za
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2011
 
Registration No. 333-171867
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
and Other Registrants
(see Table of Additional Registrants below)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
  7359   45-0491516
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
(972) 801-1100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Dawn M. Wolverton, Esq.
Vice President — Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
(972) 801-1100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copy to:
 
Thomas W. Hughes, Esq.
James R. Griffin, Esq.
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
2200 Ross Ave, Suite 2800
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 855-8000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, please check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act
 
             
Large accelerated filer þ
       Accelerate filer o    Non-accelerated filer o    Smaller reporting company o
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     
 
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
 
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  o
 
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  o
 
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

 
Table of Additional Registrants
 
                         
    State or Other
  Primary Standard
   
Exact Name of Registrant as
  Jurisdiction of
  Industrial
   
Specified in its
  Incorporation or
  Classification
  I.R.S. Employer
Charter/Constituent Documents
  Organization   Number   Identification No.
 
ColorTyme, Inc. 
    Texas       7359       75-2651408  
ColorTyme Finance, Inc. 
    Texas       7359       20-5732299  
Rainbow Rentals, Inc. 
    Ohio       7359       34-1512520  
RAC National Product Service, LLC
    Delaware       7359       42-1626381  
Remco America, Inc. 
    Delaware       7359       76-0195669  
Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C. 
    Delaware       7359       81-0642504  
Rent-A-Center East, Inc. 
    Delaware       7359       48-1024367  
Rent-A-Center International Inc. 
    Delaware       7359       81-0642507  
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P. 
    Texas       7359       45-0491512  
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C. 
    Nevada       7359       45-0491520  
Rent-A-Center West, Inc. 
    Delaware       7359       48-1156618  
Get It Now, LLC
    Nevada       7359       16-1628325  
RAC East Ohio, LLC
    Delaware       7359       27-3437862  
The Rental Store, Inc. 
    Arizona       7359       86-0449010  
 
The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of each additional registrant’s principal executive offices is shown on the cover page of this Registration Statement on Form S-4.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 7, 2011
 
(COMPANY LOGO)
 
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
 
Offer to Exchange
$300,000,000 Outstanding
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
and Subsidiary Guarantees of the
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
for
$300,000,000 Registered
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
and Subsidiary Guarantees of the
Registered 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
 
The Exchange Offer
 
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on     , 2011, unless extended.
 
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon the tender of any minimum aggregate amount of the outstanding unregistered 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, which we refer to in this prospectus as the outstanding notes.
 
All of the outstanding notes tendered according to the procedures set forth in this prospectus and not withdrawn will be exchanged for an equal principal amount of registered 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, which we refer to in this prospectus as the exchange notes.
 
The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than that it does not violate applicable laws or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Broker-dealers who receive registered notes pursuant to the exchange offer acknowledge that they will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes.
 
Broker-dealers who acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the registered notes.
 
We urge you to carefully review the risk factors beginning on page 10 of this prospectus, which you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.
 
The Exchange Notes
 
The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that we have registered the issuance of the exchange notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the exchange notes will not be subject to the transfer restrictions applicable to the outstanding notes or contain provisions relating to additional interest, will bear a different CUSIP or ISIN number from the outstanding notes and will not entitle the holder to registration rights. We will not apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or arrange for them to be quoted on any quotation system. The outstanding notes and the exchange notes are referred to in this prospectus as the “notes.”
 
The Guarantees
 
The exchange notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our indebtedness or indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is             , 2011.


 

Table of Contents
 
         
    Page
 
    ii  
    ii  
    iii  
    1  
    10  
    19  
    27  
    27  
    28  
    82  
    83  
    85  
    86  
    86  
 EX-4.2
 EX-5.1
 EX-5.2
 EX-5.3
 EX-5.4
 EX-12.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-25.1
 EX-99.1
 
 
 
 
We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about anything we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in the prospectus. If you are given any information or representation about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information.
 
We are not making an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, the exchange notes or the outstanding notes in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to or from whom, the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the issuer and the terms of the offer, including the merits and risks involved. These securities have not been recommended by any federal or state securities commission or regulatory authority. Furthermore, the foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of this document. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
We are not making any representation to any holder of the outstanding notes regarding the legality of an investment in the exchange notes under any legal investment or similar laws or regulations. We are not providing you with any legal, business, tax or other advice in this prospectus. You should consult your own attorney, business advisor and tax advisor to assist you in making your investment decision and to advise you whether you are legally permitted to invest in the exchange notes.
 
In connection with the exchange offer, we have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” a registration statement on Form S-4, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer. As permitted by the SEC, this prospectus omits information included in the registration statement. For a more complete understanding of the exchange offer, you should refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits.
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and in accordance therewith file annual, quarterly and other reports and information with the SEC. For further information regarding us, you may desire to review reports and other information filed under the Exchange Act, including the reports and other information incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Such reports and other information may be read and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies can be obtained by mail at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room mentioned above. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. To obtain timely delivery of any requested information, holders of outstanding notes must make any request no later than at least five business days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. You can also find our filings at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and on our website at http://www.rentacenter.com.
 
INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
Certain information that we have filed with the SEC is “incorporated by reference” into this prospectus. The process of incorporation by reference allows us to disclose important business and financial information to you without duplicating that information in this prospectus. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede the information in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the document(s) listed below that we have previously filed with the SEC (excluding any information furnished to the SEC pursuant to Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 on any Current Report on Form 8-K) and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement or prior to the termination of the exchange offer, except that we are not incorporating any information included in a Current Report on Form 8-K that has been or will be furnished to the SEC pursuant to Item 2.02 of Item 7.01 on any Current Report on Form 8-K (and not filed) with the SEC, unless such information is expressly incorporated herein by a reference in a furnished Current Report on Form 8-K or other furnished document:
 
  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
 
You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:
 
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
5501 Headquarters Dr.
Plano, Texas 75024
(972) 801-1100

ii


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus includes and incorporates by reference forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. These statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Summary” and “Risk Factors”, and relate to, among other things, expectations regarding revenues, cash flows, capital expenditures and other financial items. These statements also relate to our business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins and profitability. We have used the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will” and similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
Although we believe the assumptions upon which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Our operations involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, and any one of which, or a combination of which, could materially affect our results of operations and whether the forward-looking statements ultimately prove to be correct. Accordingly, these forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors described in “Risk Factors” and included or incorporated by reference elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Actual results and trends in the future may differ materially from those suggested or implied by the forward-looking statements depending on a variety of factors including, but not limited to:
 
  •  uncertainties regarding the ability to open new rent-to-own stores;
 
  •  our ability to acquire additional rent-to-own stores or customer accounts on favorable terms;
 
  •  our ability to control costs and increase profitability;
 
  •  our ability to enhance the performance of acquired stores;
 
  •  our ability to retain the revenue associated with acquired customer accounts;
 
  •  our ability to identify and successfully market products and services that appeal to our customer demographic;
 
  •  our ability to enter into new and collect on our rental purchase agreements;
 
  •  the passage of legislation adversely affecting the rent-to-own industries;
 
  •  our failure to comply with statutes or regulations governing the rent-to-own industries;
 
  •  interest rates;
 
  •  changes in the unemployment rate;
 
  •  economic pressures, such as high fuel and utility costs, affecting the disposable income available to our targeted consumers;
 
  •  conditions affecting consumer spending and the impact, depth, and duration of current economic conditions;
 
  •  changes in our stock price, the number of shares of common stock that we may or may not repurchase, and future dividends, if any;
 
  •  changes in estimates relating to self-insurance liabilities and income tax and litigation reserves;
 
  •  changes in our effective tax rate;
 
  •  our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls;


iii


Table of Contents

  •  changes in the number of share-based compensation grants, methods used to value future share-based payments and changes in estimated forfeiture rates with respect to share-based compensation;
 
  •  the resolution of any litigation; and
 
  •  the other risks detailed from time to time in our SEC reports.
 
Because such statements are subject to risks, contingencies and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Many of these factors are described in greater detail in our filings with the SEC. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Unless otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


iv


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by and should be read in conjunction with the detailed information and financial statements and related notes contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the matters discussed under the caption “Risk Factors.” The terms “Rent-A-Center,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and similar terms refer to Rent-A-Center, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated.
 
Company Overview
 
We are the largest operator in the United States rent-to-own industry with an approximate 35% market share based on our company-owned and franchised store count with a focus on consumer electronics, furniture, computers, household appliances and accessories. At December 31, 2010, we operated 3,008 company-owned stores nationwide and in Canada, Puerto Rico and Mexico, including 42 retail installment sales stores under the names “Get It Now” and “Home Choice,” and 18 rent-to-own stores located in Canada under the names “Rent-A-Centre.” In addition, our subsidiary, ColorTyme, is a national franchisor of rent-to-own stores. At December 31, 2010, ColorTyme had 209 franchised rent-to-own stores in 32 states. These franchise stores represent 2% of our overall market share based on store count as of December 31, 2010.
 
We offer well known brands such as Sony, Philips, LG, Hitachi, Toshiba and Mitsubishi home electronics; Whirlpool appliances; Toshiba, Sony, Hewlett-Packard, Dell, Acer and Compaq computers; and Ashley, England, Standard, Albany and Klaussner furniture. For the year ended December 31, 2010, consumer electronic products accounted for approximately 33% of our store rental revenue, furniture and accessories for 32%, appliances for 18% and computers for 17%. We also offer a broad portfolio of customer services, including repair, pickup and delivery, generally at no additional charge.
 
We previously offered financial services products, such as short-term secured and unsecured loans, debit cards, check cashing, tax preparation and money transfer services, in some of our existing stores under the trade names “RAC Financial Services” and “Cash AdvantEdge.” On October 25, 2010, we announced that, in connection with our analysis of available growth initiatives, we were exploring strategic alternatives with respect to our financial services business. On December 22, 2010, we announced that, in connection with the evaluation of strategic alternatives with respect to our financial services business, we sold a majority of our customer accounts at approximately 207 financial services store locations. On December 31, 2010, we also closed seven financial services store locations in Montana as a result of state law changes.
 
Industry overview
 
According to the Association of Progressive Rental Organizations (“APRO”), as of December 31, 2009, the rent-to-own industry in the United States and Canada is a $7.0 billion market, consisting of approximately 8,600 stores. We estimate that the two largest rent-to-own industry participants account for approximately 4,900 of the total number of stores. Although the top two players have a substantial market share, the rest of the industry remains highly fragmented, consisting mainly of operations with less than 50 stores. The rent-to-own industry has experienced significant consolidation and we believe this trend will continue, presenting opportunities for us to continue to acquire additional stores or customer accounts on favorable terms.
 
The rent-to-own industry serves a highly diverse customer base. According to APRO, approximately 83% of rent-to-own customers have household incomes between $15,000 and $50,000 per year. The rent-to-own industry is able to serve a wide variety of consumers by allowing them to obtain merchandise that they might otherwise be unable to obtain due to insufficient cash resources or a lack of access to credit. We believe the number of consumers lacking access to credit is increasing. According to a report issued by the Fair Isaac Corporation on July 13, 2010, consumers in the “subprime” category (those with credit scores below 650) made up 35% of the population.
 
According to an April 2000 Federal Trade Commission study, 75% of rent-to-own customers were satisfied with their experience with rent-to-own transactions. The study noted that customers gave a wide variety of reasons for their satisfaction, including “the ability to obtain merchandise they otherwise could not; the low payments; the lack of a credit check; the convenience and flexibility of the transaction; the quality of the merchandise; the quality


1


Table of Contents

of the maintenance, delivery, and other services; the friendliness and flexibility of the store employees; and the lack of any problems or hassles.”
 
Over the past 25 years the rent-to-own industry — using the collective resources of APRO — has proactively sought state and federal legislation defining the rent-to-own transaction. Currently, 46 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have legislation that recognize and regulate rental purchase transactions as separate and distinct from credit sales. We believe this existing legislation is generally favorable to Rent-A-Center. Most related state legislation requires the lessor to make prescribed disclosures to customers about the rental purchase agreement and transaction, and provides time periods during which customers may reinstate agreements despite having failed to make a timely payment. However, in Minnesota, the rental purchase transaction is treated as a credit sale subject to consumer lending restrictions pursuant to judicial decision. Courts in Wisconsin and New Jersey have also rendered decisions which classify rental purchase transactions as credit sales subject to consumer lending restrictions. In North Carolina, the retail installment sales statute provides that lease transactions which provide for more than a nominal purchase price at the end of the agreed rental period are not credit sales under the statute.
 
No comprehensive federal legislation has been enacted regulating the rental purchase transaction, although Rent-A-Center does comply with the Federal Trade Commission recommendations for disclosure in rental purchase transactions. The recently adopted Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act does not regulate leases with terms of 90 days or less. The rent-to-own transaction is for a term of week-to-week, or, at most, month-to-month.
 
Our strengths
 
We believe our core strengths include the following:
 
Leading market share in a fragmented marketplace.  According to APRO, we are the market leader in the rent-to-own industry with a 35% market share, based on our company-owned and franchised store count. We have operations in all 50 states, Puerto Rico, Canada and Mexico and are continually implementing strategies to further increase our name recognition, including the use of television and radio commercials, print, direct response and in-store signage. The next largest competitor has a 21% market share as of December 31, 2010, based on store count. No other competitor operates more than approximately 100 stores nationwide.
 
Broad geographic footprint.  At December 31, 2010, we operated 3,008 stores nationwide and in Canada, Puerto Rico and Mexico. In addition, our subsidiary, ColorTyme, franchised 209 stores in 32 states. We also operated 384 RAC Acceptance kiosks locations at December 31, 2010. We believe this broad geographic footprint limits our exposure to local or regional adverse economics and diversifies our regulatory risk inasmuch as rent-to-own legislation is implemented largely on a state by state basis.
 
Financial strength generates consistent operating cash flow.  We generate substantial free cash flow because of our profitability, limited capital expenditures and minimal required working capital investment. In addition, a large percentage of our monthly revenues are recurring and produce financial results that are generally more predictable than those typical of other retailers. Historically, our operations have generated strong cash flow, averaging $269.1 million in operating cash flow per year since 2001. As a result, we believe we are able to invest in store acquisitions and complementary business opportunities, such as our RAC Acceptance program, while maintaining a strong balance sheet.
 
Conservative financial policy resulting in meaningful deleveraging. Consistent operating results and the relatively low capital expenditure requirements of our business have enabled us to generate significant free cash flow for debt repayment. Since the acquisition of Rent-Way in 2006 through December 31, 2010, we repaid $576.4 million of debt.
 
Experienced management team with distinguished track record.  Our senior management team averages over 20 years of rent-to-own or similar retail experience and has successfully grown and enhanced our business, including the successful integration of approximately 3,300 stores acquired through approximately 280 acquisition transactions. Our senior management team has an aggregate of over 100 years of service with Rent-A-Center, Inc. as well as extensive industry experience. In addition, our management depth goes beyond the corporate office. Our regional and general managers have long tenures with us, and we have a track record


2


Table of Contents

for promoting management personnel from within. We believe our management’s experience at all levels has allowed us to continue to grow our revenue and store base while improving operations and driving efficiencies.
 
Our strategy
 
Our strategies include the following:
 
Enhance the operations, revenue and profitability of our store locations. We continue to focus our operational personnel on prioritizing store profit growth, including increasing store revenue and managing store level operating expenses. We believe we will be positioned to achieve gains in revenues and operating margins in both existing and newly acquired stores by continuing to:
 
  •  focus on our customer’s in-store experience;
 
  •  attract customers with targeted advertising campaigns;
 
  •  create compelling product values for our customers through the use of strategic merchandise purchases;
 
  •  expand the offering of product lines to appeal to more customers to increase the number of transactions and grow our customer base;
 
  •  improve operational efficiencies, including through the development and implementation of improved technology; and
 
  •  designing compensation programs that focus our operational coworkers on prioritizing store revenue and profit growth.
 
Seek additional distribution channels for our products and services.  We believe there are opportunities for us to obtain new customers through sources other than our existing rent-to-own stores. Recent initiatives include:
 
  •  offering the rent-to-own transaction to consumers who do not qualify for financing from a traditional retailer by maintaining a presence inside such retailer’s store locations through our RAC Acceptance program;
 
  •  making the rent-to-own transaction more attractive and convenient to consumers by locating kiosks inside destination retailers such as grocers or mass merchandise retailers;
 
  •  altering the footprint and product mix for stores in urban locations;
 
  •  expanding our retail store operations; and
 
  •  expanding our operations in Canada and Mexico and seeking to identify other international markets in which we believe our products and services would be in demand.
 
Leveraging our financial strength.  We believe we can leverage our financial strength by investing significantly in people, processes and technology to increase revenue and reduce our cost infrastructure through our investments in the following:
 
  •  a new centralized purchasing system which allows us to better manage our rental merchandise at the store level while expanding availability of our most popular products;
 
  •  centralized procurement of all non-merchandise categories of supplies and services, including the development of an on-line procurement tool and a commitment to add dedicated resources at our home office to professionally manage our expenses;
 
  •  a customer relationship management system which we believe will drive customer relationship decisions with data and information;
 
  •  price and promotion software which we believe will improve our ability to match individual customers to specific, tailored product and price offers; and


3


Table of Contents

 
  •  an enhanced point of sale system which will provide visibility and efficiency in all aspects of our store operations.
 
Strengthen customer relationships through community involvement.  We seek to further strengthen relationships with our customers through community involvement both at the local store level and as a company through corporate donations and initiatives. We encourage the management of each of our stores to involve themselves with their respective local communities. In addition, we participate in various programs, including the following: North Texas Food Bank, Big Brothers Big Sisters of America, Make a Difference Scholarship, Boys & Girls Clubs, Junior Achievement and Random Acts of Caring.
 
Recent developments
 
On October 25, 2010, we announced that, in connection with our analysis of available growth initiatives, we were exploring strategic alternatives with respect to our financial services business. On December 22, 2010 we announced that, in connection with the evaluation of strategic alternatives with respect to our financial services business, we sold a majority of our customer accounts at approximately 207 financial services store locations. On December 31, 2010, we closed seven financial services store locations in Montana as a result of state law changes.
 
In connection with the expansion of our RAC Acceptance growth initiative, on December 22, 2010, we announced the acquisition of The Rental Store, Inc. (“TRS”), a leading provider of consumer lease-purchase financing through third-party retail furniture and electronics retailers, operating approximately 145 kiosk locations. We acquired TRS for $75.5 million on a debt free basis, primarily with cash on hand.
 
Corporate Offices
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 5501 Headquarters Dr., Plano, Texas 75024, and our telephone number at that address is (972) 801-1100. Our website address is www.rentacenter.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and does not constitute part of, this prospectus.


4


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
 
Background of the Outstanding Notes Rent-A-Center, Inc. issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC, as the initial purchasers, on November 2, 2010. The initial purchasers then sold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers and certain non-U.S. investors in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). Because they were sold pursuant to exemptions from registration, the outstanding notes are subject to transfer restrictions.
 
In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to use our commercially reasonable best efforts to complete the exchange offer and to file and cause to become effective a registration statement covering the resale of the exchange notes.
 
The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange up to $300 million principal amount of the exchange notes for an identical principal amount of the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes may be exchanged only in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to provisions relating to additional interest. Because we have registered the exchange notes, the exchange notes generally will not be subject to transfer restrictions and holders of exchange notes will have no registration rights.
 
Resale of Exchange Notes We believe you may offer, sell or otherwise transfer the exchange
 
notes you receive in the exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
 
  •  you acquire the exchange notes you receive in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you are not participating in, and have no understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer; and
 
  •  you are not an affiliate of ours.
 
Expiration Date 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011 unless we extend the exchange offer. It is possible that we will extend the exchange offer until all of the outstanding notes are tendered. You may withdraw the outstanding notes you tendered at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments.”
 
Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw the outstanding notes you tender by furnishing a notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent or by complying with applicable Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP) procedures of The Depositary Trust Company (DTC) at any time before 5:00 p.m.,


5


Table of Contents

New York City time on the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders.”
 
Accrual of Interest on the Outstanding Notes and the Exchange Notes The exchange notes will bear interest from November 2, 2010 or, if later, from the most recent date of payment of interest on the outstanding notes.
 
Condition to the Exchange Offer We will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes, any outstanding notes if we determine that the exchange offer would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any such outstanding notes:
 
  •  at any time the stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part; or
 
  •  at any time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the qualification of the indenture governing the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
 
See “The Exchange Offer — Conditions.” The exchange offer is not conditioned on a minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered. We reserve the right to terminate or amend the exchange offer at any time prior to the applicable expiration date upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events.
 
Representations and Warranties By participating in the exchange offer, you represent to us that, among other things:
 
  •  you will acquire the exchange notes you receive in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you are not participating in, and have no agreement or understanding with any person to participate in and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer;
 
  •  you are not an affiliate of ours or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
 
  •  if you are not a broker-dealer, that you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of those exchange notes.
 
Procedures for Tendering Our Outstanding Notes To participate in the exchange offer, you must follow the procedures established by the DTC for tendering notes held in book-entry form. These procedures require that (i) the exchange agent receive, prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, a computer generated message known as an “agent’s message” that is transmitted through


6


Table of Contents

DTC’s automated tender offer program, which we call “ATOP,” and (ii) DTC confirms that:
 
  •  DTC has received your instructions to exchange your notes, and
 
  •  you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
 
For more information, see “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”
 
Tenders by Beneficial Owners If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and wish to tender those outstanding notes in the exchange offer, please contact the registered holder as soon as possible and instruct that holder to tender on your behalf and comply with the instructions in this prospectus.
 
Acceptance of the Outstanding Notes and Delivery of the Exchange Notes If the conditions described under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions” are satisfied, we will accept for exchange any and all outstanding notes that are properly tendered before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
Effect of Not Tendering Any of the outstanding notes that are not tendered and any of the outstanding notes that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, their transfer will be restricted absent registration or the availability of an exemption from registration. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligation, except under limited circumstances, to provide for registration of the outstanding notes under the federal securities laws. In addition, upon completion of the exchange offer, there may be no market for the outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange notes, and you may have difficulty selling them.
 
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations We believe the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable exchange for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations we urge you to consider before tendering the outstanding notes in the exchange offer.
 
Exchange Agent The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is serving as exchange agent for the exchange offer. The address for the exchange agent is listed under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.”


7


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes
 
The form and terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
 
  •  will not contain certain restrictions with respect to their transfer;
 
  •  will not be subject to provisions relating to additional interest;
 
  •  will bear a different CUSIP or ISIN number from the outstanding notes; and
 
  •  will not entitle the holders to registration rights.
 
The notes issued in the exchange offer will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes, and both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture. We define certain capitalized terms used in this summary in the “Description of the Exchange Notes — Certain Definitions” section of this prospectus. The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contains more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes.
 
Issuer Rent-A-Center, Inc.
 
Securities offered $300 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
 
Interest rate 6.625% per year
 
Interest payment dates May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011
 
Maturity date November 15, 2020
 
Subsidiary Guarantees The exchange notes initially will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our indebtedness or indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors. Under certain circumstances, subsidiary guarantors may be released from their guarantees without the consent of the holders of the exchange notes. See “Description of Exchange Notes-Guarantees.”
 
Ranking The exchange notes and the exchange note guarantees will be Rent-A-Center, Inc.’s and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations and:
 
  •  will rank equally in right of payment with all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness;
 
  •  will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness;
 
  •  will be effectively subordinated to any of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and
 
  •  will be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of each of our subsidiaries that does not guarantee the exchange note.
 
Optional redemption At any time on or after November 15, 2015, we may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or part, at the redemption prices set forth in


8


Table of Contents

this prospectus under the heading “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
At any time prior to November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price set forth in this prospectus under the heading “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
At any time prior to November 15, 2015, we may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or part, at a “make-whole premium” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
Mandatory offers to purchase The occurrence of a change of control will be a triggering event requiring us to offer to purchase from you all or a portion of your exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
 
Under certain circumstances in connection with asset dispositions, we will be required to use the excess proceeds from such asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
 
Absence of Established Market for the Notes The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. Although the initial purchasers have informed us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market-making activities at any time without notice. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or an automated dealer quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the exchange notes will develop or be maintained.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
Risk factors
 
You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the information under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 in evaluating an investment in the exchange notes and participation in the exchange offer.


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus before deciding whether to participate in the exchange offer. We believe these are the material risks currently facing our business. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected by these risks. You should carefully consider the factors described below in addition to the remainder of this prospectus and the information incorporated by reference before tendering your outstanding notes.
 
Risks related to the exchange offer
 
If you do not properly tender or you cannot tender your outstanding notes, your ability to transfer the outstanding notes will be adversely affected.
 
We will issue exchange notes only in exchange for outstanding notes that are timely and properly tendered to the exchange agent. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your outstanding notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the outstanding notes. If you do not tender your outstanding notes or if we do not accept your outstanding notes because you did not tender your outstanding notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you will continue to hold outstanding notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions.
 
You may be required to deliver a prospectus and comply with other requirements in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
If you tender your outstanding notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. In addition, if you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
 
Risks related to the notes
 
Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.
 
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, our total debt was approximately $701.1 million, excluding $247.6 million of unused commitments under our senior credit facilities.
 
Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities, the indenture that governs the notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including:
 
  •  making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;
 
  •  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
 
  •  requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;


10


Table of Contents

 
  •  exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the senior credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
 
  •  increasing our cost of borrowing.
 
In addition, the indenture that governs the notes, and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities, contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.
 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes.
 
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities and the indenture that governs the notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due.
 
In addition, we are a holding company, with no revenue generating operations and no assets other than our ownership interests in our direct and indirect subsidiaries, certain of which in the future may not be guarantors of the notes or our other indebtedness. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, intercompany transfer, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes or our other indebtedness, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or our other indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity, and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture that governs the notes and the agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness will limit the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.
 
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.
 
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and holders of the notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under the senior credit facilities could terminate their commitments to loan money, our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their


11


Table of Contents

borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could result in you losing your investment in the notes.
 
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.
 
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture that governs the notes and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, subject to collateral arrangements, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our senior credit facilities would have provided for unused commitments of $247.6 million. All of those borrowings would be secured indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and the guarantors now face could intensify. See “Description of Exchange Notes.”
 
The terms of our credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities and the indenture that governs the notes restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
 
The indenture that governs the notes, and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities contains, and in the future may contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions (including maintaining specified financial ratios) on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem capital stock;
 
  •  prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;
 
  •  make loans, capital expenditures and other investments;
 
  •  sell assets or dispose of operations;
 
  •  incur liens;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  alter the businesses we conduct;
 
  •  enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
 
A breach of the covenants under the indenture that governs the notes or under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or note holders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. The existing indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is also secured by substantially all of our assets. Should a


12


Table of Contents

default or acceleration of this indebtedness occur, the holders of this indebtedness could sell the assets to satisfy all or a part of what is owed. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
 
  •  limited in how we conduct our business;
 
  •  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
 
  •  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
 
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.
 
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
 
Borrowings under our senior credit facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Based on our overall interest rate exposure at December 31, 2010, each one point change in interest rates would result in a $3.9 million pre-tax charge or credit to our statement of earnings. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
 
The notes will be effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ indebtedness under our senior credit facilities and our other secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the property securing that indebtedness.
 
The notes will not be secured by any of our or our subsidiary guarantors’ assets. As a result, the notes and the note guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ indebtedness under our senior credit facilities with respect to the assets that secure that indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had $137.4 million in letters of credit outstanding under our senior credit facilities, resulting in total unused availability of approximately $247.6 million. In addition, we may incur additional secured debt in the future. The effect of this subordination is that upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any of our secured indebtedness, or in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of our company or the subsidiary guarantors of the senior credit facilities or of that other secured debt, the proceeds from the sale of assets securing our secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and that other secured debt has been paid in full. As a result, the holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of secured debt in the event of our or our subsidiary guarantors’ bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization.
 
The notes will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not and do not become guarantors of the notes.
 
The notes will be guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our senior credit facilities or that, in the future, guarantee our indebtedness or indebtedness of another subsidiary guarantor. Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, including all of our non-domestic subsidiaries, will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any subsidiary that is not a guarantor, all of that subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any) would be entitled to payment in full out of that subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment. As of December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries represented an immaterial percentage of our operating income, assets and liabilities, in each case calculated on a consolidated basis.


13


Table of Contents

In addition, the indenture that governs the notes will, subject to some limitations, permit these subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and will not contain any limitation on the amount of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by these subsidiaries.
 
In addition, our subsidiaries that provide, or will provide, guarantees of the notes will be automatically released from those guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
 
  •  the designation of that subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary;
 
  •  the release or discharge of any guarantee or indebtedness that resulted in the creation of the guarantee of the notes by such subsidiary guarantor; or
 
  •  the sale or other disposition, including the sale of substantially all the assets, of that subsidiary guarantor.
 
If any subsidiary guarantee is released, no holder of the notes will have a claim as a creditor against that subsidiary, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and preferred stock, if any, whether secured or unsecured, of that subsidiary will be effectively senior to the claim of any holders of the notes. See “Description of Exchange Notes-Guarantees.”
 
We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.
 
Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. Additionally, under our senior credit facilities, a change of control (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements and terminate their commitments to lend. The source of funds for any purchase of the notes and repayment of borrowings under our senior credit facilities would be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we may be unable to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the notes and events of default and potential breaches of the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us. In addition, some important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture that governs the notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the notes, even though those corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. See “Description of Exchange Notes-Change of control.”
 
Holders of the notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.
 
The definition of change of control in the indenture that governs the notes includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain.
 
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and/or the guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.
 
Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of the guarantees of the notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the notes or the note guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, (a) issued the notes or incurred the note guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) received


14


Table of Contents

less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the note guarantees and, in the case of (b) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:
 
  •  we or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the note guarantees;
 
  •  the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the note guarantees left us or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business;
 
  •  we or any of the subsidiary guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such subsidiary guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or the subsidiary guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or
 
  •  we or any of the subsidiary guarantors were a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or the subsidiary guarantor if, in either case, the judgment is unsatisfied after final judgment.
 
As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its note guarantee to the extent the subsidiary guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes.
 
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the notes or the guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:
 
  •  the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
 
  •  the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  •  it could not pay its debts as they became due.
 
If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of a guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or that guarantee, could subordinate the notes or that guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor or could require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to that guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the avoidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.
 
Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holder of notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the bankruptcy code.
 
Your ability to transfer your exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and we cannot assure you that any active trading market will develop for your exchange notes.
 
We do not intend to list the notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission thereof to trading in the Nasdaq National Market. The exchange notes are expected to be eligible for trading in the PORTALsm Market. We have been advised by the initial purchasers that the initial purchasers are currently making a market in the outstanding notes. The initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making activities with respect to the outstanding notes or the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, any market-making activity may be limited during the pendency of any shelf registration statement. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that an active public or other market will develop for the exchange notes or as to the liquidity


15


Table of Contents

of the trading market for the exchange notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, you may experience difficulty in reselling your exchange notes or you may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the exchange notes develops, that market may be discontinued at any time. If a public trading market develops for your exchange notes, future trading prices of the exchange notes will depend on many factors, including among other things, prevailing interest rates, our financial condition and results of operations, and the market for similar notes. Depending on those and other factors, your exchange notes may trade at a discount from their principal amount.
 
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
 
Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the notes. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the notes. Any downgrade by either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s would decrease earnings and may result in higher borrowing costs.
 
Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. If any credit rating initially assigned to the notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without a substantial discount.
 
Risks relating to our business
 
Future revenue growth depends on our ability to identify and execute new growth strategies.
 
We have a mature store base. As a result, our same store sales have increased more slowly than in historical periods, or in some cases, decreased. Our future growth will require that we successfully increase revenue in our rent-to-own stores, as well as seek to identify additional distribution channels for our products and services. If we are unable to identify and successfully implement these strategic growth initiatives, our earnings may grow more slowly or even decrease.
 
Rent-to-own transactions are regulated by law in most states. Any adverse change in these laws or the passage of adverse new laws could expose us to litigation or require us to alter our business practices.
 
We are subject to various governmental regulations, including in our case, regulations specifically regarding rent-to-own transactions. Currently, 46 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have passed laws that regulate rental purchase transactions as separate and distinct from credit sales. One additional state has a retail installment sales statute that excludes leases, including rent-to-own transactions, from its coverage if the lease provides for more than a nominal purchase price at the end of the rental period. The specific rental purchase laws generally require certain contractual and advertising disclosures. They also provide varying levels of substantive consumer protection, such as requiring a grace period for late fees and contract reinstatement rights in the event the rental purchase agreement is terminated. The rental purchase laws of ten states limit the total amount that may be charged over the life of a rental purchase agreement and the laws of four states limit the cash prices for which we may offer merchandise. Most states also regulate rental purchase transactions, as well as other consumer transactions, under various consumer protection statutes. The rental purchase statutes and other consumer protection statutes provide various consumer remedies, including monetary penalties, for violations. In our history, we have been the subject of litigation alleging that we have violated some of these statutory provisions.
 
Although there is currently no comprehensive federal legislation regulating rental purchase transactions, adverse federal legislation may be enacted in the future. From time to time, both favorable and adverse legislation seeking to regulate our business has been introduced in Congress. In addition, various legislatures in the states where we currently do business may adopt new legislation or amend existing legislation that could require us to alter our business practices.


16


Table of Contents

We may be subject to legal proceedings from time to time which seek material damages. The costs we incur in defending ourselves or associated with settling any of these proceedings, as well as a material final judgment or decree against us, could materially adversely affect our financial condition by requiring the payment of the settlement amount, a judgment, or the posting of a bond.
 
In our history, we have defended class action lawsuits alleging various regulatory violations and have paid material amounts to settle such claims. Significant settlement amounts or final judgments could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. The failure to pay any material judgment would be a default under our senior credit facilities and under the indenture governing the outstanding notes.
 
Financial services transactions are regulated by federal law as well as the laws of certain states. Any adverse changes in these laws or the passage of adverse new laws with respect to the financial services business could expose us to litigation or alter our business practices in a manner that we may deem to be unacceptable.
 
Our financial services business is subject to federal statutes and regulations such as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the USA Patriot Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Anti-Money Laundering Act and similar state laws. In addition, we are subject to various state regulations regarding the terms of our short term consumer loans and our policies, procedures and operations relating to those loans, including the fees we may charge, as well as fees we may charge in connection with our other financial services products. The failure to comply with such regulations may result in the imposition of material fines, penalties or injunctions. Congress, federal regulators, and/or the various legislatures in the states where we currently operate or intend to offer financial services products may adopt new legislation or regulations, or amend existing legislation or regulations, with respect to our financial services business that could require us to alter our business practices in a manner that we may deem to be unacceptable.
 
Rent-A-Center’s organizational documents and our debt instruments contain provisions that may prevent or deter another group from paying a premium over the market price to Rent-A-Center’s stockholders to acquire its stock.
 
Rent-A-Center’s organizational documents contain provisions that classify its Board of Directors, authorize its Board of Directors to issue blank check preferred stock and establish advance-notice requirements on its stockholders for director nominations and actions to be taken at meetings of the stockholders. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, Rent-A-Center is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to business combinations. Our senior credit facilities and the indenture governing the outstanding notes contain change of control provisions which, in the event of a change of control, would cause a default under the credit agreement and require us to offer to repurchase the notes under the indenture. These provisions and arrangements could delay, deter or prevent a merger, consolidation, tender offer, or other business combination or change of control involving us that could include a premium over the market price of Rent-A-Center’s common stock that some or a majority of Rent-A-Center’s stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.
 
Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports, our brand and operating results could be harmed. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
 
While we continue to evaluate and improve our internal controls, we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.


17


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Our continued expansion into international markets presents unique challenges which may subject us to risks associated with the legislative, judicial, accounting, regulatory, political, cultural and economic factors specific to the countries or regions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future, which could adversely affect our financial performance.
 
We entered the Canadian market in 2004 and operate 18 stores in Canada as of December 31, 2010. We opened our first store in Mexico in October 2010, and operated five stores in Mexico as of December 31, 2010. As these operations grow, they may require greater management and financial resources. International operations require the integration of personnel with varying cultural and business backgrounds and an understanding of the relevant differences in the cultural, legal and regulatory environments. In addition, these operations are subject to the potential risks of changing economic and financial conditions in each of its markets, legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, tariffs and trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing local operations, failure to understand the local culture and market, difficulties in protecting intellectual property, the burden of complying with foreign laws, including tax laws and financial accounting standards, and adverse local economic, political and social conditions in certain countries.
 
In addition, we are subject to exchange rate risks in the ordinary course of our business as a result of our operations in Canada and Mexico and are, therefore, exposed to risks associated with the fluctuations of foreign currencies, in particular U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars and Mexican pesos. Such foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our future costs or on future cash flows from our international operations, and could adversely affect our financial performance.
 
Our operations are dependent on effective management information systems. Failure of these systems could negatively impact our ability to manage store operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We utilize integrated management information and control systems. The efficient operation of our business is dependent on these systems to effectively manage our financial and operational data. The failure of our information systems to perform as designed, loss of data or any interruption of our information systems for a significant period of time could disrupt our business. If our information systems sustain repeated failures, we may not be able to manage our store operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are currently investing in the development of new point of sale systems and processes to further enhance our management information system. Such enhancements to or replacement of our management information system could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct our core business operations and increase our risk of loss resulting from disruptions of normal operating processes and procedures that may occur during the implementation of new information systems. We can make no assurances that the costs of investments in our information systems will not exceed estimates, that the systems will be implemented without material disruption, or that the systems will be as beneficial as predicted. If any of these events occur, our results of operations could be harmed.
 
If we fail to protect the integrity and security of customer and co-worker information, we could be exposed to litigation or regulatory enforcement and our business could be adversely impacted.
 
The increasing costs associated with information security, such as increased investment in technology, the costs of compliance with consumer protection laws, and costs resulting from consumer fraud, could adversely impact our business. We also routinely possess sensitive customer and co-worker information and, while we have taken reasonable and appropriate steps to protect that information, if our security procedures and controls were compromised, it could harm our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition and may increase the costs we incur to protect against such information security breaches.


18


Table of Contents

 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
 
We issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes to the initial purchasers on November 2, 2010, in transactions not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on exemptions from registration. The initial purchasers then sold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers and certain non-U.S. investors in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. Because they were sold pursuant to exemptions from registration, the outstanding notes are subject to transfer restrictions.
 
In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we agreed with the initial purchasers that we would:
 
  •  file a registration statement for the exchange offer (of which this prospectus is a part) to exchange the outstanding notes for publicly registered notes with identical terms;
 
  •  use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act; and
 
  •  offer to the holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange the outstanding notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes upon the effectiveness of the registration statement.
 
Our failure to comply with these agreements within certain time periods would result in additional interest being due on the outstanding notes.
 
Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the SEC described in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by their holders, other than broker-dealers or our “affiliates,” without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However, any holder of the outstanding notes who is an affiliate of ours, who is not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of such holder’s business or who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes:
 
  •  will not be able to rely on the interpretations by the staff of the SEC described in the above-mentioned no-action letters;
 
  •  will not be able to tender the outstanding notes in the exchange offer; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the outstanding notes unless the sale or transfer is made under an exemption from these requirements.
 
We do not intend to seek our own no-action letter, and there is no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination regarding the exchange notes as it has in these no-action letters to third parties.
 
As a result of the filing and effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will not be required to pay additional interest on the outstanding notes unless we either fail to timely consummate the exchange offer or fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement to the extent we agreed to do so. Following the closing of the exchange offer, holders of the outstanding notes not tendered will not have any further registration rights except in limited circumstances requiring the filing of a shelf registration statement, and the outstanding notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the outstanding notes will be adversely affected.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept all outstanding notes properly tendered and not withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. After authentication of the exchange notes by the trustee or an authenticating agent, we will issue $1,000 principal amount of the exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of the outstanding


19


Table of Contents

notes accepted in the exchange offer (provided, however, that you may tender outstanding notes only in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof).
 
By tendering the outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer and signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that:
 
  •  you will acquire the exchange notes you receive in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you are not participating in, have no understanding with any person to participate in, and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer;
 
  •  you are not an affiliate of ours or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
 
  •  if you are not a broker-dealer, that you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of those exchange notes.
 
Broker-dealers that are receiving exchange notes for their own account must have acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities in order to participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account under the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be admitting that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We will be required to allow broker-dealers to use this prospectus following the exchange offer in connection with the resale of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes acquired by broker-dealers for their own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities. If required by applicable securities laws, we will, upon written request, make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with a resale of exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture. The form and terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
 
  •  will not contain certain restrictions with respect to their transfer;
 
  •  will not be subject to provisions relating to additional interest;
 
  •  will bear a different CUSIP or ISIN number from the outstanding notes; and
 
  •  will not entitle the holders to registration rights.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $300 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 are outstanding. In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we arranged for the outstanding notes to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, acting as depositary. The exchange notes will also be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through DTC.
 
This prospectus, together with the accompanying letter of transmittal, is initially being sent to all registered holders as of the close of business on     , 2011. We intend to conduct the exchange offer as required by the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC under the Exchange Act, including Rule 14e-1, to the extent applicable.


20


Table of Contents

Rule 14e-1 describes unlawful tender offer practices under the Exchange Act. This rule requires us, among other things:
 
  •  to hold our exchange offer open for 20 business days;
 
  •  to give at least ten business days notice of certain changes in the terms of this offer as specified in Rule 14e-1(b); and
 
  •  to issue a press release in the event of an extension of the exchange offer.
 
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes being tendered, and holders of the outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law or under the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We shall be considered to have accepted the outstanding notes tendered according to the procedures in this prospectus when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. See “— Exchange Agent.” The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to those holders.
 
If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of other events described in this prospectus, these unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, at our cost, into the holder’s account at DTC according to the procedures described below, promptly after the expiration date.
 
Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes related to the exchange of the outstanding notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. See “— Fees and Expenses.”
 
Neither we nor our board of directors makes any recommendation to holders of the outstanding notes as to whether to tender or refrain from tendering all or any portion of their outstanding notes in the exchange offer. Moreover, no one has been authorized to make any such recommendation. Holders of the outstanding notes must make their own decision whether to tender in the exchange offer and, if so, the amount of the outstanding notes to tender after reading this prospectus and the letter of transmittal and consulting with their advisors, if any, based on their own financial position and requirements.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
 
The term “expiration date” shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” shall mean the latest date to which the exchange offer is extended.
 
If any of the conditions described below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
 
  •  to extend the exchange offer, or
 
  •  to terminate the exchange offer,
 
by giving oral or written notice of such extension or termination to the exchange agent, and any such oral or written notice given to the exchange agent will disclose the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered as of the date of such notice. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
 
Any delay in acceptance, termination, extension or amendment will be followed promptly by oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by making a public announcement. Any public announcement in the case of an extension of the exchange offer will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the amendment. We will also extend the exchange offer for a period of at least five business days, as required by applicable law, depending upon the significance of the


21


Table of Contents

change and the manner of disclosure to the holders, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that extended period.
 
Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, termination, extension, or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to PR Newswire.
 
You are advised that we may extend the exchange offer because some of the holders of the outstanding notes do not tender on a timely basis. In order to give these noteholders the ability to participate in the exchange and to avoid the significant reduction in liquidity associated with holding an unexchanged note, we may elect to extend the exchange offer.
 
Procedures for Tendering
 
All of the outstanding notes were issued in book-entry form, and all of the outstanding notes are currently represented by global certificates held for the account of DTC.
 
We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of the prospectus to establish accounts for the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and subject to their establishment, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account for the notes using DTC’s procedures for transfer.
 
In order to transfer outstanding notes held in book-entry form with DTC, the exchange agent must receive, before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, at its address set forth in this prospectus,
 
  •  a confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, which is referred to in this prospectus as a “book-entry confirmation,” and:
 
  •  a properly completed and validly executed letter of transmittal, or manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any signature guarantees and other documents required by the instructions in the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  an agent’s message transmitted pursuant to ATOP.
 
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that the exchange offer is eligible for ATOP. Accordingly, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer outstanding notes held in book-entry form to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send a book-entry confirmation, including an agent’s message, to the exchange agent.
 
The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of that book-entry confirmation that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce such agreement against such participant. If you use ATOP procedures to tender outstanding notes, you will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent, but you will be bound by its terms as if you had signed it.
 
There is no procedure for guaranteed late delivery of the notes.
 
Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Issuance of Exchange Notes
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration time, all outstanding notes properly tendered. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after acceptance of the outstanding notes. For purposes of an exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered outstanding notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with prompt written confirmation of any oral notice.


22


Table of Contents

For each outstanding note accepted for exchange, the holder will receive a new note registered under the Securities Act having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered outstanding note. As a result, registered holders of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes or, if no interest has been paid on the outstanding notes, from November 2, 2010. Outstanding notes that we accept for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of completion of the exchange offer.
 
Return of Outstanding Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged
 
If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for exchange or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense to their tendering holder. Such non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These actions will occur promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
Determinations of Validity
 
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered outstanding notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within the time we shall determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities related to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities related to tenders of outstanding notes nor shall we or any of them incur liability for failure to give notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be considered to have been made until the irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that we determine are not properly tendered or the tender of which is otherwise rejected by us and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived by us will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder (unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal), promptly after the expiration date.
 
Withdrawal of Tenders
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer:
 
  •  a written or facsimile transmission of a notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address listed below before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date; or
 
  •  you must comply with the appropriate procedures of ATOP.
 
Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of the outstanding notes or, in the case of the outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at the depositary to be credited;
 
  •  be signed by the same person and in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantee, or be accompanied


23


Table of Contents

  by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee for the outstanding notes to register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and
 
  •  specify the name in which any of these outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn.
 
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the withdrawal notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be judged not to have been tendered according to the procedures in this prospectus for purposes of the exchange offer, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for those outstanding notes unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered but are not accepted for exchange will be returned by transfer into the holder’s account at DTC according to the procedures described above. This return or crediting will take place promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “— Procedures for Tendering” at any time before the expiration date.
 
Conditions
 
We will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any exchange notes for, any outstanding notes if the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of outstanding notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. Similarly, we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting outstanding notes for exchange in the event of such a potential violation.
 
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us the representations described under “— Terms of the Exchange Offer” and such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to allow us to use an appropriate form to register the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
 
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. We will give prompt written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various times in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these rights, this failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.
 
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
 
Exchange Agent
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the trustee under the indenture, has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. In this capacity, the exchange agent has no fiduciary duties and will be acting solely on the basis of our directions. Requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent by mail addressed as follows:
 
By Registered or Certified Mail, Hand Delivery or Overnight Courier:
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations — Reorganization Unit
480 Washington Boulevard,
27th Floor
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
Attn: Mr. David Mauer


24


Table of Contents

 
By Facsimile Transmission:
 
(for eligible institutions only)
(212) 298-1915
Attention: Mr. David Mauer
 
To Confirm by Telephone or for Information:
 
(212) 815-3687
 
Fees and Expenses
 
We will bear the expenses of soliciting holders of outstanding notes to determine if such holders wish to tender those outstanding notes for exchange notes. The principal solicitation under the exchange offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by our officers and regular employees and our affiliates in person or by telephone or telecopier.
 
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with the exchange offer and will indemnify the exchange agent for all losses and claims incurred by it as a result of the exchange offer. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.
 
We will pay the expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting and legal fees and printing costs.
 
You will not be obligated to pay any transfer tax in connection with the exchange, except if you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than you, in which event you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.
 
Federal Income Tax Consequences
 
We believe that the exchange offer of the outstanding notes will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Accounting Treatment
 
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by us upon the closing of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expenses of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange notes.
 
Participation in the Exchange Offer; Untendered Outstanding Notes
 
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of outstanding notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take.
 
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all of the outstanding notes tendered under the terms of, these exchange offer, we will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the terms of the registration rights agreement. Holders of outstanding notes who do not tender in the exchange offer will continue to hold their outstanding notes and will be entitled to all the rights, and subject to the limitations, applicable to the outstanding notes under the indenture. Holders of outstanding notes will no longer be entitled to any rights under the registration rights agreement that by its terms terminates or ceases to have further effect as a result of the making of this exchange offer. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.” All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the indenture. To the extent the outstanding notes are tendered and


25


Table of Contents

accepted, there will be fewer outstanding notes remaining following the exchange, which could significantly reduce the liquidity of the untendered outstanding notes.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire our untendered outstanding notes in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We intend to make any acquisitions of the outstanding notes following the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including Rule 14e-1, to the extent applicable. We have no present plan to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer, except in those circumstances in which we may be obligated to file a shelf registration statement.


26


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. Because we are exchanging the outstanding notes for the exchange notes, which have substantially identical terms, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness.
 
A portion of the net proceeds of the offering of the outstanding notes, which amounted to approximately $294.5 million, net of the initial purchasers purchasers’ discount, was used to repay $200 million of the term loans under our existing senior secured credit facilities. The remaining net proceeds are being used to repurchase shares of our common stock.
 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
We have computed the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the following periods on a consolidated basis. For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” consist of pretax income from continuing operations plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). “Fixed charges” represent interest incurred (whether expensed or capitalized), amortization of debt expense, and that portion of rental expense on operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest. You should read the ratio of earnings to fixed charges in conjunction with our consolidated and condensed financial statements that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2006   2007   2008   2009   2010
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    2.51x       1.76x       2.84x       4.32x       4.34x  


27


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
Rent-A-Center, Inc. issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes under an indenture among Rent-A-Center, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, dated as of November 2, 2010. The exchange notes will be issued under that indenture. In this section, the outstanding notes and the exchange notes are collectively referred to as the “Notes.” The terms of the notes include those provisions contained in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the notes will not contain certain transfer restrictions and holders of the exchange notes will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest.
 
We may issue an unlimited principal amount of additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date, the issue price and the first interest-payment date (the “Additional Notes”). We will only be permitted to issue such Additional Notes if at the time of such issuance, we are in compliance with the covenants contained in the indenture.
 
The following discussion summarizes the material provisions of the indenture. It does not purport to be complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those agreements, including the definition of certain terms, and to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the indenture are available as set forth below under the caption “— Additional Information.” You will find the definitions of capitalized terms used in this description of notes under the caption “— Certain definitions.” For purposes of this description of notes, references to “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Rent-A-Center, Inc. and not to its subsidiaries. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
 
The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered owners will have rights under the Indenture.
 
General
 
The Notes
 
The Notes:
 
  •  will be unsecured, senior obligations of the Company;
 
  •  will be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, subject to our ability to issue Additional Notes;
 
  •  mature on November 15, 2020;
 
  •  will be unconditionally Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that is a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, provided that under certain circumstances, a Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations under the Indenture, and its Guarantee will terminate. On the Issue Date, each of the Company’s Subsidiaries, other than Foreign Subsidiaries and the Insurance Subsidiary, will be a Guarantor. See “— Guarantees;”
 
  •  will be issued in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;
 
  •  will rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Company;
 
  •  will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Company (including its Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
  •  will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future Subordinated Obligations;


28


Table of Contents

 
  •  will be structurally subordinated to obligations of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; and
 
  •  will be represented by one or more registered Notes in global form.
 
Interest
 
Interest on the Notes will:
 
  •  accrue at the rate of 6.625% per annum;
 
  •  accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the most recent interest payment date;
 
  •  be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2011;
 
  •  be payable to the Holders of record at the close of business on May 1 and November 1 immediately preceding the related interest-payment dates; and
 
  •  be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
We also will pay Additional Interest to Holders under certain circumstances if we do not file a registration statement relating to a registered exchange offer for the Notes or, in lieu thereof, a resale shelf registration statement for the Notes if such registration statement is not declared effective on a timely basis or if certain other circumstances are not satisfied, all as more fully described below under the caption “Exchange offer; registration rights.”
 
Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar
 
We will pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes at the office or agency designated by the Company, except that we may, at our option, pay interest on the Notes by check mailed to Holders at their registered address set forth in the Registrar’s books. We have initially designated the corporate trust office of the Trustee to act as our Paying Agent and Registrar. We may, however, change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders, and the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
We will pay principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company or its nominee in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such global Note.
 
Transfer and Exchange
 
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
Optional Redemption
 
Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable until November 15, 2015. On and after November 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an


29


Table of Contents

interest-payment date following on or prior to such redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage
 
2015
    103.313 %
2016
    102.208 %
2017
    101.104 %
2018 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
Prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date following on or prior to such redemption date); provided that
 
(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding after each such redemption; and
 
(2) such redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of any such Equity Offering.
 
In addition, at any time prior to November 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to each Holder or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the depositary at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to such redemption date.
 
If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company.
 
In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
 
Any redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.
 
Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases
 
The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Notes as described under the caption “— Repurchase at the option of holders.”
 
The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise breach the terms of the Indenture.
 
Ranking
 
The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company that rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of the Company that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.


30


Table of Contents

The Notes will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Indebtedness of the Company that is not so subordinated and will be effectively subordinated to all of our Secured Indebtedness (to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness) and liabilities of our Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the Company or upon a default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or other Secured Indebtedness of the Company, the assets of the Company that secure such Secured Indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all Indebtedness under such Senior Credit Facility and other Secured Indebtedness and certain hedging obligations and cash management obligations has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the Notes then outstanding.
 
Although the Indenture will limit the amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur, such Indebtedness may be substantial and a significant portion of such Indebtedness may be Secured Indebtedness or structurally senior to the Notes. See “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness.”
 
Guarantees
 
Each Restricted Subsidiary that either is a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary will initially Guarantee the Notes. The Guarantors will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the Company’s obligations under the Notes and under the Indenture. Each Guarantor will agree to pay, in addition to the obligations stated above, any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights against it under its Guarantee.
 
Each of the Guarantees:
 
  •  will be a senior unsecured obligation of each Guarantor;
 
  •  will rank equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the respective Guarantors;
 
  •  will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of a Guarantor (including the Obligations under its Guarantee of the Senior Credit Facility) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
  •  will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations; and
 
  •  will be subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the registration rights agreement.
 
In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of a Guarantor or upon a default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or other Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the assets of the Guarantor that secure such Secured Indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all Indebtedness under such Senior Credit Facility (and certain hedging obligations and cash management obligations) and other Secured Indebtedness of or guaranteed by such Guarantor has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the Notes then outstanding.
 
Although the Indenture will limit the amount of Indebtedness that the Guarantors may Incur, such Indebtedness may be substantial, and a significant portion of such Indebtedness may be Secured Indebtedness or structurally senior to the Notes. See “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness.”
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries represented an immaterial percentage of our operating income, assets and liabilities, in each case calculated on a consolidated basis.
 
Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Obligations that are Guaranteed under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.


31


Table of Contents

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. The effectiveness of this limiting provision is not, however, free from doubt. If a Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other Indebtedness (including Guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such Indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk factors — Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and/or the guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.”
 
The Indenture will provide that each Guarantee by a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and such Guarantor and its obligations under its Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, upon:
 
(1) (a) (i) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange, or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person in such transaction), in each case, which sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange, or other disposition is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including “Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with the terms of the Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time); provided that all the obligations of such Guarantor under all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction;
 
(b) the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company and Subsidiaries under the Senior Credit Facility (including by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility), and all other Indebtedness of the Company and Subsidiaries and/or the Guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee; provided, that if such Person has Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under the covenant “— Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness,” such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under “— Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness”;
 
(c) upon the proper designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
 
(d) the Company exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “— Defeasance” or the Company’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
 
(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction and/or release have been complied with.
 
In the event any released Guarantor thereafter borrows under or Guarantees Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, such former Guarantor will, if it is a Restricted Subsidiary, again provide a Guarantee of the Notes and, unless the Company and Guarantors have theretofore fulfilled their registration obligations thereunder, assume by written agreement all of the obligations of a Guarantor under the Registration Rights Agreement. See “— Certain covenants — Future guarantors.”
 
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
 
Change of Control
 
If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under “— Optional redemption,” the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the


32


Table of Contents

Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the date of purchase).
 
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under “— Optional redemption,” the Company will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:
 
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on an interest payment date);
 
(2) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and
 
(3) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with the Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
 
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and
 
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company in accordance with the terms of this covenant.
 
The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest-payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the relevant interest-payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
 
The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable, except as set forth under the captions “— Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and discharge.” Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Credit Facility may, and future Indebtedness may, prohibit the Company’s prepayment of the Notes before their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Company is not able to prepay the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain requisite consents, the Company will be unable to fulfill its repurchase obligations if Holders of Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under the Indenture. A payment or acceleration under the Indenture will result in a cross-default under the current terms of the Senior Credit Facility.
 
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements


33


Table of Contents

set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control contemporaneously with the making of the Change of Control Offer.
 
The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue of the conflict.
 
The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving the Company by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above. Certain provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.
 
Asset Sales
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:
 
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares, property and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;
 
(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and
 
(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the option of the Company and in the sequence it elects (subject to the terms of the Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below) to any of the following (or any combination thereof) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, as follows:
 
(a) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto: (x) obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) Secured Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company);
 
(b) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or


34


Table of Contents

(c) to invest in Additional Assets;
 
provided that the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clause (c) of this paragraph if and to the extent that, within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Dispositions that generated the Net Available Cash or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Similar Business, make an Investment in Additional Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision described in clause (c), and that acquisition, purchase, investment or capital expenditure is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a), (b) or (c) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
 
For the purposes of clauses (1) and (2), no Asset Disposition pursuant to condemnation, confiscation, appropriation or other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, resulting from damage, destruction, or total loss, or pursuant to foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien Incurred not in breach of the Indenture or exercise by the related lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure shall, in any such case, be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (1) and (2) above.
 
For the purposes of clause (2) above and for no other purpose, the following will be deemed to be cash:
 
(1) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such shares, property or other assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;
 
(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and
 
(3) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
 
Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in the first paragraph of this section will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Net Available Cash that is the subject of an Asset Disposition Offer to the extent not accepted by the Holders on or before the applicable Asset Disposition Purchase Date pursuant to the terms described below. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or, in the case of clause 3(c) above, upon abandonment of any such project, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will promptly thereafter be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate


35


Table of Contents

purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
 
If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related-interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.
 
On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in each case in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this covenant. In addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. The Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event, later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an authentication order from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on or promptly following the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.
 
The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the indenture by virtue of any conflict.


36


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants
 
Limitation on Indebtedness
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of net proceeds therefrom):
 
(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and
 
(2) no Default or Event of Default then exists or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would exist.
 
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:
 
(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred under one or more Debt Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate outstanding amount equal to $1,000.0 million less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the proceeds from Asset Dispositions made pursuant to clause 3(a) of the first paragraph of “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” in satisfaction of the requirements of such covenant;
 
(2) Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Guarantees (other than any Additional Notes and their related Guarantees) and any exchange notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (“Exchange Notes”) and (any related Guarantees thereof);
 
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10) and (11) of this paragraph);
 
(4) (a) Guarantees by (i) the Company or Guarantors of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee, as the case may be, and (ii) Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;
 
(b) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary;
 
(5) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
 
(a) if the Company is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;
 
(b) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of such Guarantor; and
 
(c)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and
 
(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.


37


Table of Contents

(6) Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Person is acquired (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), either
 
(a) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); or
 
(b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger.
 
(7) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);
 
(8) (a) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary whether through the direct purchase, lease, construction or improvement of such property, plant or equipment, including any such Indebtedness assumed in connection with the purchase of such property, plant or equipment or secured by a Lien thereon prior to such purchases, such property, plant or equipment, and any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8)(a), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8)(a) and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million, at any time outstanding (determined as of the date of such Incurrence;
 
(9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments issued for such purposes to the extent none of such instruments is drawn upon, or if drawn upon, is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt of demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument and (b) arising from an obligation to repay customer deposits received in the ordinary course;
 
(10) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that:
 
(a) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and
 
(b) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (10));


38


Table of Contents

(11) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including electronic transfers, wire transfers and credit card payments (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of lines of credit); provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;
 
(12) the Incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (6), and this clause (12) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by the Company, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith;
 
(13) (a) Indebtedness of the Company and of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Insurance Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65.0 million at any time outstanding that cannot be subordinated to the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Indenture for regulatory reasons or would cause the carrying value for regulatory valuation purposes to be decreased; and
 
(b) Indebtedness of the Insurance Subsidiary permitted by clause (13) of the second paragraph under “— Limitation on restricted payments” below);
 
(14) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of outstanding Indebtedness of franchisees not to exceed (without duplication) a principal amount of $100.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
(15) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to lines of credit entered into in connection with cash management facilities and in an aggregate principal amount (for the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries) not to exceed $30.0 million at any one time, including the line of credit between RAC East, the Company, certain Subsidiaries of the Company and INTRUST Bank, N.A.;
 
(16) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which will not exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
(17) Indebtedness of the Company to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and
 
(18) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above, Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed $100.0 million.
 
The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:
 
(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first or second paragraph of this covenant (or any combination thereof), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later re-classify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) in any manner that complies with the first or second paragraph of this covenant (or any combination thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that all


39


Table of Contents

Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility shall be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant and not the first paragraph or clause (3) of the second paragraph of this covenant and may not later be reclassified;
 
(2) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;
 
(3) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;
 
(4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;
 
(5) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and
 
(6) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
 
In addition, the Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this “— Limitation on indebtedness” covenant, the Company shall be in Default of this covenant).
 
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
 
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment in


40


Table of Contents

connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:
 
(a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); and
 
(b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution;
 
(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));
 
(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment or installment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than:
 
(a) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by the Company or any other Guarantor permitted under clause (5) or (13) of the second paragraph of the covenant “— Limitation on indebtedness” or
 
(b) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or
 
(4) make any Restricted Investment,
 
(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
(a) no Default exists or immediately after giving effect thereto would exist;
 
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on indebtedness” covenant; and
 
(c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (5), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication):
 
(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
 
(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date, other than:
 
(x) Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); and


41


Table of Contents

(y) Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the second paragraph of “— Optional redemption;” plus
 
(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus
 
(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:
 
(x) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances, payments of interest and dividends or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or
 
(y) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.
 
The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:
 
(1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;
 
(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Subordinated Obligations or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on indebtedness” and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on indebtedness” and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (a) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations in the event of


42


Table of Contents

a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to the “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Change of control” covenant or (b) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to the “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” covenant; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;
 
(5) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales”;
 
(6) the declaration of any dividend and the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration, if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this provision;
 
(7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate such Person approved by the Board of Directors; provided that such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights were received for services related to, or for the benefit of, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate during any consecutive twelve-month period (plus any unused amounts under this clause (7) from prior years), although such amount in any such period may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 
(a) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Capital Stock of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former employees or members of management of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph); plus
 
(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
 
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (7);
 
(8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;”
 
(9) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;
 
(10) the purchase or redemption of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, for cash, in an aggregate amount (net of related costs and expenses) not in excess of $100.0 million subsequent to the Issue Date;
 
(11) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or cash equivalents);
 
(12) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above and clauses (13) through (17) below, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, which when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such


43


Table of Contents

Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed $75.0 million;
 
(13) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary to the extent required to meet regulatory capital guidelines, policies or rules in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $35.0 million in the aggregate;
 
(14) the Company may repurchase shares of its common stock from the Insurance Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed (when taken together with the amount of cash dispositions made pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”) the amount necessary to (i) pay operating costs and expenses of the Insurance Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business (not to exceed $250,000 per fiscal year of the Company) and (ii) permit the Insurance Subsidiary to make payments on insurance claims of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the proceeds of such repurchase;
 
(15) the Insurance Subsidiary may purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company from the Company or any Subsidiary;
 
(16) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s Capital Stock in an aggregate amount during any fiscal year not to exceed $20.0 million; and
 
(17) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million in any fiscal year of the Company (with any unutilized amounts carried forward to the next fiscal year of the Company, but no further); provided, that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the application of the proceeds thereof), the Company would have had a Leverage Ratio of less than 2.5 to 1.0.
 
provided, however, that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (7), (8), (10), (12), (16) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
 
In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the foregoing covenant, the Company may allocate or reallocate, at anytime and from time to time, all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among all clauses of the preceding paragraph (as of the Issue Date, such clauses being clauses (1) through (17)) or among such clauses and the first paragraph of this covenant, provided that at the time of such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of the foregoing covenant.
 
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash shall be its face amount. Not later than 30 days following the making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by the covenant “— Limitation on restricted payments” were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture.
 
As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
 
Limitation on Liens
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom, including any collateral assignment or conveyance of


44


Table of Contents

any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens:
 
(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
(2) in all other cases, the Notes and related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by Lien on such property, assets or proceeds or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens.
 
Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this covenant shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) above.
 
Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless:
 
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
(2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to create a Lien on the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction under the covenant described under “— Limitation on liens;” and
 
(3) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Sale and all of the conditions of the Indenture described under “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” (including the provisions concerning the application of Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction.
 
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);
 
(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or
 
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).
 
The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to (i) the Senior Credit Facility and related documentation (including agreements related to banking services, cash management services and Hedging Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;
 
(b) the Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the respective Guarantees and documentation related to each of the foregoing;


45


Table of Contents

(c) any agreement, organizational or governance document or other instrument of, or relating to any asset of, a Person acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);
 
(d) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of (i) an agreement, instrument or document referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph or this clause (d); provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions effected by such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive (taken as a whole with all other encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreement, instrument or document) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained the agreements referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;
 
(e) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of the covenant described under “— Limitation on liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(f) (i) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under the Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;
 
(g) contracts for the sale of assets (including Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or Capital Stock, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
(h) cash or other deposits or net worth or similar requirements imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(j) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
 
(k) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any arbiter, tribunal or governmental authority;
 
(l) consensual arrangements with insurance regulators with respect to the Insurance Subsidiary; and
 
(m) other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Preferred Stock issued by a Guarantor, in each case in accordance with “— Limitation on indebtedness,” that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Company in the Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Company at a Restricted Subsidiary level).
 
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any material transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
 
(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained by the Company or such Restricted


46


Table of Contents

Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms-length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate;
 
(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above);
 
(3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and
 
(4) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction satisfied the criteria in clause (1) above.
 
The preceding paragraph will not apply to:
 
(1) (a) any transaction (i) between or among the Company and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with “— Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
(2) any (i) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on restricted payments” and (ii) Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof);
 
(3) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers, employees and directors (and, if required by the governance documents of the Company), approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
 
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and benefit arrangements and indemnity provided for or on behalf of, employees, officers, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(5) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) at any time outstanding;
 
(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, extension, replacement, or renewal does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the terms of the agreements on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the Company;
 
(7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that such agreement was not entered into contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger), as determined in good faith by the Company;
 
(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint-venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise not in breach of the terms of the Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that


47


Table of Contents

are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
 
(9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;
 
(10) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns Capital Stock in, or controls, such Person;
 
(11) any transaction between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director in connection with the approval of the transaction; and
 
(12) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.
 
SEC Reports
 
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, and if not filed electronically with the SEC through EDGAR (or any successor system), the Company will file with the SEC (to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act), and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, without cost to any Holder, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to U.S. issuers within the time periods specified therein (including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant forms.
 
In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act reports, documents and information to the Trustee and the Holders as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms, which requirement may be satisfied by posting such reports, documents and information on its website within the time periods specified by this covenant; provided, that the Company shall not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement.
 
If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such Unrestricted Subsidiary, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary (based upon the most recently delivered financial statements) then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the initial paragraph of this section shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Company, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement (each as described under “Exchange offer; registration rights”) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph shall not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Company’s reporting obligations set forth in the first three paragraphs of this covenant.


48


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this covenant, the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders as required by this covenant if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.
 
Merger and Consolidation
 
The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
 
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Company, the “Successor Company”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 
(2) the Successor Company expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement all of the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
 
(a) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on indebtedness” covenant, or
 
(b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
 
(5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) of the following paragraph shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Successor Company’s obligations in respect of the Indenture and the Notes and shall have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the registration rights agreement shall continue to be in effect; and
 
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.
 
Notwithstanding the clauses (3) and (4) of the preceding paragraph,
 
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than the Company; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with clause (6) of the preceding paragraph; and
 
(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 
In addition, the Company will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise


49


Table of Contents

dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person (other than, in the case of a Guarantor, to the Company and another Guarantor) unless:
 
(1) if such entity remains a Guarantor, (a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia; (b) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture and its Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and
 
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “ — Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of the Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and this “— Merger and consolidation” covenant.
 
Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor or the Company or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 
For purposes of this covenant, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
 
Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.
 
The Company and a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and its Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Notes, the registration rights agreement and, such Guarantee, the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes and a Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Guarantee.
 
Future Guarantors
 
The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to the Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, the Notes on a senior and unsecured basis and all other obligations under the Indenture, on the same basis as so Guaranteed by all other then-existing Guarantors. Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture described under “— Guarantees.”
 
The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees under the


50


Table of Contents

Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. The effectiveness of this limiting provision is not, however, free from doubt.
 
Payments for Consent
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of, any Holder for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
 
Events of Default
 
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
 
(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the registration rights agreement) on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;
 
(2) default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
 
(3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under “Certain covenants — Merger and consolidation;”
 
(4) failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any of their obligations under the covenants described under “— Repurchase at the option of holders” above;
 
(5) failure by the Company or any Guarantors to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or the Notes (other than a failure that is subject to clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) above);
 
(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:
 
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or
 
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity (the “cross-acceleration provision”);
 
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent);
 
(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy provisions”);
 
(8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by


51


Table of Contents

insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that has not contested coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable (the “judgment default provision”); or
 
(9) (a) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or (b) any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Guarantee.
 
However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify, in writing, the Company of the Default, and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph, as applicable, after receipt of such notice.
 
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under “— Events of default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived; however, if acceleration based on such Event of Default has not been annulled pursuant to the preceding clause, such acceleration may be rescinded pursuant to the provisions of the last sentence of this paragraph. If an Event of Default described in clause (7) above occurs with respect to the Company and is continuing, the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
 
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;


52


Table of Contents

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
 
Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Indenture provides that in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee, or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking such action.
 
The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof and so long as it is then continuing, written notice of any events which constitute a Default, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.
 
Amendments and Waivers
 
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver may, among other things:
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;
 
(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;
 
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
(5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described above under “— Optional redemption,” “— Repurchase at the option of holders — Change of control” or “Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Change of Control”;
 
(6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;


53


Table of Contents

(7) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
 
(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require each Holder’s consent;
 
(9) modify the Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or
 
(10) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the Indenture, except in compliance with the terms thereof.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees to:
 
(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture in accordance with “Certain covenants — Merger and Consolidation”;
 
(3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
(4) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;
 
(5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
 
(6) secure the Notes and the Guarantees;
 
(7) add covenants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
 
(8) make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder;
 
(9) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(10) evidence and provide for the appointment and acceptance of an appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture;
 
(11) conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of this “Description of notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; or
 
(12) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to, or providing for, the issuance, transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes or, if Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, Additional Notes, and in each case, the related Guarantees; provided, however, that compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being issued or transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
 
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under the Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under the Indenture becomes effective pursuant to the first paragraph of


54


Table of Contents

this section, the Company is required to mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to mail such notice to the Holders, or any defect in the notice will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
Defeasance
 
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture and the Guarantees (“legal defeasance”) except for:
 
(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, such Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to below;
 
(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
 
If the Company exercises the legal defeasance option, the Guarantees in effect at such time will terminate.
 
The Company at any time may terminate its obligations, and the obligations of the Guarantors, described under “— Repurchase at the option of holders” and under the covenants described under “— Certain covenants” (other than “— Merger and consolidation”), the operation of the cross-default upon a payment default, cross-acceleration provisions, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries, the judgment default provision and the Guarantee provisions described under “— Events of default” above and the limitations contained in clause (4) under “— Certain covenants — Merger and consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”).
 
If the Company exercises the covenant defeasance option, the Guarantees in effect at such time will terminate.
 
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (only with respect to the failure of the Company to comply with clause (4) under “— Certain covenants — Merger and consolidation” above), (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), (8) or (9) under “— Events of default” above.
 
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture:
 
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest due on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to


55


Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound, or if such breach or default would occur, which is not waived as of, and for all purposes, on and after the date of, such defeasance;
 
(5) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;
 
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, including, that no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to Section 547 of Title II, U.S. Code;
 
(7) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others;
 
(8) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and
 
(9) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (8) above.
 
Satisfaction and discharge
 
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:
 
(1) either:
 
(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and


56


Table of Contents

discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur contemporaneously with such deposit as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid or otherwise made, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, provision for the payment of, all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
 
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No past, present or future manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner; stockholder or other owner of equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities law.
 
Notices
 
Notices given by publication will be deemed on the first date on which publication is made, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes.
 
Governing Law
 
The Indenture provides that it, the Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
Certain Definitions
 
“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
 
(a) Indebtedness of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person is merged with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; or
 
(b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person being merged with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (a) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary


57


Table of Contents

and, with respect to clause (b) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.
 
“Additional Assets” means:
 
(1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding working capital or current assets but including the purchase of merchandise (inventory) held for rent or sale, idle inventory, rental agreements associated with such merchandise, and store or kiosk locations (including leases with respect thereto)), and improvements and additions thereto, and other capital expenditures with respect thereto, to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business;
 
(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Similar Business.
 
“Additional Interest” means the additional interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate, within the prescribed time periods, the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the registration rights agreement.
 
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of “Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” and “Certain covenants — Limitation on affiliate transactions,” beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.
 
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:
 
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note, and
 
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on November 15, 2015 (such redemption price being described under “Optional redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note.
 
“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of (i) shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares), (ii) property or (iii) other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Disposition” does not mean the issuance or sale by the Company of Capital Stock, debt security or any other security of the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:
 
(1) a disposition of shares of Capital Stock, property or other assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;


58


Table of Contents

(3) a disposition of property and assets in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, (i) the sale or rent of merchandise to customers, (ii) the sale or other disposition of merchandise to franchisees for sale or rent to customers of franchisees and (iii) the sale or discount, with or without recourse, and on commercially reasonable terms, of delinquent accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;
 
(4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to “Certain Covenants — Merger and consolidation” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
 
(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(7) for purposes of “Repurchase at the option of holders — Sales of assets” only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to “Certain covenants — Limitation on restricted payments;”
 
(8) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in which the aggregate fair market value of the assets disposed does not exceed $1.0 million for each such transaction or series of related transactions;
 
(9) the creation of a Lien that is not prohibited by the Indenture and dispositions in connection with such Liens;
 
(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
 
(11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by the covenant described under “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
(12) (a) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and (b) licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(13) foreclosure or other realization pursuant to Lien rights on assets;
 
(14) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(15) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Capital Stock of the Company;
 
(16) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Indebtedness described in clause (13) of the second paragraph under the caption “Certain Covenants — Limitation on indebtedness” to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Guarantor;
 
(17) dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary effected solely for the purpose of liquidating assets in order to permit the Insurance Subsidiary to pay expenses and to make payments on insurance claims of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the proceeds of such dispositions;
 
(18) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; and
 
(19) the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange, between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person, of Additional Assets (an “Asset Swap”) provided that any cash received in


59


Table of Contents

connection with such transaction must be applied in accordance with “— Description of notes — Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales,” and provided, further:
 
(a) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the terms of such Asset Swap shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and
 
(b) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the Company shall have received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Asset Swap is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.
 
“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”
 
“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.
 
“Board of Directors” means:
 
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) the executive committee of the board of directors;
 
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
 
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
 
“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
 
“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, equity appreciation rights, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock and limited liability company or partnership interests (whether member or general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
 
“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;


60


Table of Contents

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments;
 
(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500 million;
 
(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4)(a) or (b) above;
 
(6) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and
 
(7) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above.
 
“Change of Control” means:
 
(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); or
 
(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or
 
(3) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or
 
(4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
 
(5) the Company shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of RAC East.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur upon the consummation of any actions undertaken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of effecting a reorganization of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that none of the events described in paragraphs (1) through and including (4) of this definition has occurred.
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
“Common Stock” means with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, any and all shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s


61


Table of Contents

common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
 
“Consolidated Coverage Ration” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:
 
(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:
 
(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is or includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation), and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or
 
(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;
 
(2) if since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction:
 
(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; and
 
(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);
 
(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made


62


Table of Contents

hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and
 
(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.
 
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.
 
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
 
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
 
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus
 
(b) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus
 
(c) consolidated depreciation expense (excluding depreciation of rental merchandise); plus
 
(d) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets;” plus
 
(e) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees;
 
(2) decreased (without duplication) by
 
(a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); and
 
(b) any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring income or gain (but not loss) (including gains, but not losses, realized upon the sale of or other disposition of an asset of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business);
 
(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items reflected in Consolidated Net Income:
 
(a) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133;


63


Table of Contents

(b) any unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments to which fair value accounting is applied;
 
(c) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; and
 
(d) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any completed acquisition.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(b) through (e) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (1)(b) through (e) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
 
“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are imposed, measured or calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.
 
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:
 
(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;
 
(2) amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance cost; provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense;
 
(3) non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash interest income or expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense;
 
(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
 
(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent actually paid by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;
 
(6) costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) related to Indebtedness;


64


Table of Contents

(7) interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
 
(8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and
 
(9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.
 
For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”
 
For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, fees, interest and other charges (including by means of granting discounts) paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be (without duplication) included in Consolidated Interest Expense.
 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis:
 
(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that:
 
(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and
 
(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause 4(c)(i) of “Certain covenants — Limitation on restricted payments,” any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:
 
(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and


65


Table of Contents

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
 
(3) any gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by (a) in respect of assets with a fair market value of less than or equal to $10.0 million, a responsible financial officer, (b) in respect of assets with a fair market value greater than $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, a member of senior management, and (c) in respect of assets with a fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company;
 
(4) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;
 
(5) any extraordinary gain or loss;
 
(6) any net income (loss) included in the consolidated statement of operations due to the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements;” and
 
(7) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
 
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.
 
“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person or any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.
 
“Debt Facility” or “Debt Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional investors or lenders or dealers providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).
 
“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on, or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:
 
(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
 
(2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or
 
(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,


66


Table of Contents

in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in the Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, is not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with the provisions of the Indenture described under the captions “Repurchase at the option of holders — Change of control” and “Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” and such repurchase or redemption complies with “Certain covenants — Limitation on restricted payments.”
 
“Domestic Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.
 
“Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (x) public offerings with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (y) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (z) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to a corresponding Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by a responsible financial officer of the Company in good faith; provided that if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, such determination shall be made by Senior Management of the Company, and provided, further, if the fair market value exceeds $75.0 million such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company or an authorized committee thereof in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities).
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Company is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in the Indenture.
 
“Government Securities” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by


67


Table of Contents

such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.
 
“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
 
(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or
 
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
 
The term “Guarantee” used as verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.
 
“Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness” means indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment to its Guarantee.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Senior Indebtedness will not include:
 
(1) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indenture;
 
(2) any obligations of such Guarantor to another Subsidiary or the Company;
 
(3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;
 
(4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);
 
(5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor; or
 
(6) any Capital Stock.
 
“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.
 
“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
 
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
 
“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.


68


Table of Contents

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
 
(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
 
(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
(3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable or similar obligations and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence;
 
(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn-out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six (6) months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out or other similar adjustment to purchase price obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);
 
(6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
 
(7) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below and are secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness and obligations are assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such indebtedness or obligations will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness or obligations of such other Persons;
 
(8) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on a balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and
 
(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); and
 
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be (without duplication) the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons shall not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.
 
In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness as defined in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:
 
(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);
 
(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and


69


Table of Contents

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:
 
(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or
 
(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.
 
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
 
“Insurance Subsidiary” Legacy Insurance Co., Ltd., a Bermuda company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company formed for the sole purpose of writing insurance only for the risks of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
“interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and (without duplication) “Additional Interest,” if any.
 
“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
 
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers and commissions, moving, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:
 
(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with the Indenture;
 
(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of (a) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (b) proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.
 
For purposes of “Certain covenants — Limitation on restricted payments,”
 
(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the


70


Table of Contents

Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and
 
(3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.
 
“Issue Date” means November 2, 2010.
 
“Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:
 
(1) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available, to
 
(2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available;
 
provided, however, that:
 
(3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:
 
(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:
 
(i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or
 
(ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation),
 
and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or
 
(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;


71


Table of Contents

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset Disposition:
 
(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;
 
(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); and
 
(c) Indebtedness at the end of such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the Net Available Cash of such Asset Disposition and the assumption of Indebtedness by the transferee;
 
(5) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and
 
(6) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.
 
The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
 
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or a contractual provision that restricts the ability to grant or permit a Lien on property or assets, or a contractual provision similar to “Redemption at the option of Holders — Asset sales” that requires the application of sale proceeds on unsecured properties or assets to specified Indebtedness, to be deemed to constitute a Lien.


72


Table of Contents

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:
 
(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;
 
(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;
 
(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and
 
(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
 
“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).
 
“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
 
“Non-Recourse Debts” means Indebtedness of a Person:
 
(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness (but excluding any pledge of stock of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of the related Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);
 
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
 
(3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness) or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or, in the event that the Company is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a


73


Table of Contents

person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.
 
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company who is acceptable to the Trustee.
 
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes (without giving effect to collateral arrangements).
 
“Permitted Investments” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:
 
(1) a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
 
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
 
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
 
(3) cash and Cash Equivalents;
 
(4) franchise contracts, installment contracts, rental contracts, service plans and all other amounts and receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
 
(5) payroll, travel, commissions and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
 
(6) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
 
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;
 
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or
 
(c) in settlement of debts, claims and disputes owed to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
(6) any Investment received in settlement of debts, claims or disputes owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business;


74


Table of Contents

(7) any Investment received in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout or reorganization of any Person;
 
(8) Investments (a) made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with “Repurchase at the option of holders — Asset sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition and (b) Investments in Additional Assets made in connection with an Asset Swap as described in clause (19) under the caption “Repurchase of the Option of the Holders — Asset Sales;”
 
(9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date, and renewals and replacements thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than the terms of the Investments being renewed or replaced;
 
(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
(11) Guarantees issued in accordance with “Certain covenants — Limitations on indebtedness” and Guarantees received with respect to any Permitted Investment described in any of the above or below clauses;
 
(12) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any nonqualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;
 
(13) Investments by the Insurance Subsidiary in indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (13) of the second paragraph of “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
(14) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary in amounts not to exceed, in any fiscal year of the Company, the lesser of (x) $75.0 million and (y) the amount that will appear as an expense for self-insurance costs on the Company’s consolidated income statement;
 
(15) Investments in Symbius Inc. up to an aggregate amount from and after the Issue Date not to exceed $10.0 million;
 
(16) Short-term loans extended by the Company or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of its financial services business; and
 
(17) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition, Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (17) in an aggregate principal amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million.
 
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations under the Debt Facilities permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain covenants — Limitations on indebtedness;”
 
(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment and other insurance laws (including pledges or deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(3) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen and other similar Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by, or arise by operation of, law;


75


Table of Contents

(4) Liens for material taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and, if necessary, by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;
 
(5) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;
 
(6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;
 
(8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
 
(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with respect to Indebtedness described in this clause (b):
 
(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and
 
(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;
 
(11) Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract; provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution to secure Indebtedness;
 
(12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consigned goods or similar arrangements, entered into or authorized by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or otherwise made as precautionary filings pursuant to such or similar types of filings;
 
(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1)); provided that no such Lien shall extend to any additional property (other than improvements, accessions, “products” and “proceeds” thereof, or, if provided therein, “after-acquired” property, as each such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the respective states that govern the creation of such Liens) and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;


76


Table of Contents

(14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(17) Liens securing the Notes and Guarantees (and the exchange notes issued in exchange therefor and the related Guarantees) and any obligations owing to the Trustee under the Indenture as provided thereby;
 
(18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17), this clause (18) and (21) of this definition, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after-acquired property provided for therein, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
 
(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;
 
(20) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(21) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clauses of this definition, Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million.
 
(22) Liens on property and assets used to secure Indebtedness, the net proceeds of which are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge the Notes;
 
(23) Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (16) of the second paragraph under “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness;” and
 
(24) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in the Indenture in money or other property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture.
 
“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.
 
“Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person over shares of Capital Stock of any other class or such Person.
 
“RAC East” means Rent-A-Center East, Inc. a Delaware corporation.
 
“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both, as the case may be.


77


Table of Contents

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:
 
(1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
 
(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith);
 
(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and
 
(5) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor.
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.
 
“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to principal property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
 
“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Senior Credit Facility” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended and restated as of November 15, 2006 (as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of December 2, 2009), among the Company, the several lenders parties thereto from time to time the several documentation agents parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as the same has been, or may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part (whether with any of the original agents or lenders or one or more other agents and lenders and whether pursuant to the same or one or more other governing agreements) from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder, provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain


78


Table of Contents

covenants — Limitation on indebtedness”); provided that a Senior Credit Facility shall not (1) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (2) relate to Indebtedness Incurred thereunder that does not consist exclusively of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness.
 
“Senior Management” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Controller.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
 
“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
 
“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of the Company to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.
 
“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
“Total Tangible Assets” means Total Assets after deducting accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful accounts, other applicable reserves and other similar items of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and after deducting, to the extent otherwise included therein, the amounts of (without duplication):
 
(1) the excess of cost over the fair market value of assets or business acquired, as determined by the Company in good faith (or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by its Board of Directors);
 
(2) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Company immediately preceding the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP;
 
(3) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;
 
(4) minority interest in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;


79


Table of Contents

(5) treasury stock;
 
(6) cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock; and
 
(7) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of redemption of Notes pursuant to the third paragraph under the above caption “— Optional redemption,” the yield to maturity at such date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
 
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and
 
(2) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:
 
(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;
 
(3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with “Certain covenants — Limitation on restricted payments;”
 
(4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
 
(5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:
 
(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or
 
(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
 
(6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.
 
Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall


80


Table of Contents

thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the “Certain covenants — Limitation on indebtedness” covenant on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
 
“Voting Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.
 
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.


81


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange by the holders for United States federal income tax purposes, and accordingly, the United States federal income tax consequences of holding the exchange notes will be identical to those of holding the outstanding notes. As a result, no gain or loss will be recognized for United States federal income tax purposes by a holder upon receipt of an exchange note in exchange for an outstanding note and any such holder will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in the exchange note as in the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.
 
This discussion is provided for general information only and does not constitute legal advice to any holder of the outstanding notes. Persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer should consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.


82


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the exchange notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of ERISA, plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).
 
General fiduciary matters
 
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
 
In considering an investment in the exchange notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
 
Prohibited transaction issues
 
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of notes or exchange notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the initial purchasers or the guarantors are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.
 
In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may provide exemptive relief for direct or indirect prohibited transactions resulting from the sale, purchase or holding of the notes or exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, as amended effective November 3, 2010, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts, and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.
 
Because of the foregoing, the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.


83


Table of Contents

Representation
 
Accordingly, by acceptance of an exchange note each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire or hold the notes or exchange notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the acquisition and holding of the exchange notes by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.
 
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in nonexempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the exchange notes (and holding the exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the exchange notes.
 
Purchasers of the exchange notes have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their purchase and holding of the exchange notes complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws.
 
The sale of any exchange note to a Plan, or to a person using assets of any Plan to effect its purchase of any exchange note, is in no respect a representation by the issuer, the managers or the collateral manager that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.


84


Table of Contents

 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
For a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incurred by us or at our discretion in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the exchange offers (but not including any commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers) and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Based on the interpretations by the staff of the SEC as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties (including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1998), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), K-11 Communications Corporation (available May 14, 1993) and Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993)), we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder of such exchange note, other than any such holder that is a broker-dealer or an “affiliate” of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
 
  •  such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such exchange notes; and
 
  •  such holder is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such exchange notes.
 
We have not sought and do not intend to seek a no-action letter from the SEC, with respect to the effects of the exchange offer, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange notes as it has in such no-action letters.


85


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters relating to the exchange notes and the guarantees offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Dallas, Texas.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Rent-A-Center, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


86


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Capitalized terms used but not defined in Part II have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus contained in this Registration Statement.
 
ITEM 20.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Delaware General Corporation Law
 
Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 145 further provides that to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith; that the indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the indemnified party may be entitled; that indemnification provided by Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators; and that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section 145.
 
Certificate of Incorporation, as Amended
 
Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
 
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,
 
  •  for acts or occasions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,


II-1


Table of Contents

 
  •  in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock purchases or redemptions, or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
If the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of our directors, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided in the certificate of incorporation, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Further, if such provision of the certificate of incorporation is repealed or modified by our stockholders, such repeal or modification will be prospective only, and will not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of directors arising from an act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Our bylaws provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers threatened to be or made a party or a witness to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Rent-A-Center or its subsidiaries, whether the basis of such a proceeding is alleged action in such person’s official capacity or in another capacity while holding such office, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL or any other applicable law, against all expense, liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such proceeding, so long as a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors, the stockholders or legal counsel through a written opinion determines that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and in the case of a criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity thereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Our bylaws also contain certain provisions designed to facilitate receipt of such benefits by any such persons, including the prepayment of any such benefit.
 
Insurance
 
We have obtained a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy insuring our directors and officers against certain losses resulting from wrongful acts committed by them as directors and officers of Rent-A-Center, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 21.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
             
Exhibit
       
No.
     
Description
 
  3 .1     Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center, Inc., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 31, 2002.)
  3 .2     Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center, Inc., dated May 19, 2004 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.)
  3 .3     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of September 23, 2010.)
  3 .4     Articles of Incorporation of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 14, 1999.)
  3 .5     Bylaws of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .6     Amendment to Bylaws of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 22, 2002.)
  3 .7     Articles of Merger of ColorTyme, Inc. into CT Acquisition (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .8     Certification of Formation of ColorTyme Finance, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)


II-2


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
No.
     
Description
 
  3 .9     Bylaws of ColorTyme Finance, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .10     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Rainbow Rentals, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit included in the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2008.)
  3 .11     Amended and Restated Code of Regulations of Rainbow Rentals, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit included in the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2008.)
  3 .12     Certificate of Formation of RAC National Product Service, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .13     Operating Agreement of RAC National Product Service, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .14     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Remco America, Inc., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .15     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Remco America, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .16     Certificate of Formation of Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .17     Operating Agreement of Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .18     Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .19     Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .20     Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center International, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .21     Bylaws of Rent-A-Center International, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .22     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .23     Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .24     Articles of Organization of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .25     Operating Agreement of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .26     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .27     Bylaws of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .28     Amendment to Bylaws of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .29     Certificate of Formation of Get It Now, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .30     Operating Agreement of Get It Now, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)

II-3


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
No.
     
Description
 
  3 .31     Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Rental Store, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .32     Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Rental Store, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  4 .1     Form of Certificate evidencing Common Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on January 13, 1999.)
  4 .2*     Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
  4 .3     Registration Rights Agreement relating to the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, dated as of November 2, 2010, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative for the initial purchasers named therein (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 2010.)
  4 .4     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., Diamondback Merger Sub, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Rent-A-Center, Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)
  4 .5     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., The Rental Store, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Rent-A-Center, Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)
  5 .1*     Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  5 .2*     Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)
  5 .3*     Opinion of Lionel, Sawyer & Collins
  5 .4*     Opinion of Frantz Ward LLP
  10 .1+     Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
  10 .2     Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2003, as amended and restated as of July 14, 2004, made by Rent-A-Center, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004).
  10 .3     Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated April 30, 2002, but effective as of June 28, 2002, by and between Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.)
  10 .4     Supplemental Letter Agreement to Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated May 26, 2003, by and between Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 11, 2003.)
  10 .5     First Amendment to Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated August 30, 2005, by and among Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.)
  10 .6     Franchise Financing Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, between ColorTyme Finance, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)

II-4


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
No.
     
Description
 
  10 .7     Unconditional Guaranty of Rent-A-Center, Inc., dated as of August 2, 2010, executed by Rent-A-Center, Inc. in favor of Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)
  10 .8     Unconditional Guaranty of ColorTyme Finance, Inc., dated as of August 2, 2010, executed by ColorTyme Finance, Inc. in favor of Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)
  10 .9+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.)
  10 .10+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.)
  10 .11+     Summary of Director Compensation (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)
  10 .12+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .13+     Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .14+     Form of Loyalty and Confidentiality Agreement entered into with management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .15+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.)
  10 .16+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.)
  10 .17+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .18+     Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .19+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Amendment (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2007.)
  10 .20+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .21+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .22+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .23+     Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)

II-5


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
No.
     
Description
 
  10 .24+     Form of Executive Transition Agreement entered into with management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .25+     Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .26+     Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .27+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007.)
  10 .28+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401-K Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)
  10 .29     Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2006, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, Union Bank of California, N.A., as documentation agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as syndication agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2009 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)
  10 .30     Rent-A-Center East, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Puerto Rico Employees (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed January 28, 2011.)
  12 .1*     Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21 .1     Subsidiaries of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
  23 .1*     Consent of Grant Thornton.
  23 .3*     Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1     Powers of Attorney of certain officers and directors of Rent-A-Center, Inc. and other Registrants (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  25 .1*     Form T-1, Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
  99 .1*     Form of Letter of Transmittal and Consent.
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
ITEM 22.   Undertakings.
 
Each of the registrants hereby undertakes:
 
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the

II-6


Table of Contents

Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if such registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
That, for the purpose of determining liability of such registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of such registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
a) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
b) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of such registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;
 
c) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrants or their securities provided by or on behalf of such registrant; and
 
d) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by such registrant to the purchaser.
 
That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of a registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, such registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


II-7


Table of Contents

To deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.
 
To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis*

Robert D. Davis
  Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/  Michael J. Gade*

Michael J. Gade
  Director
     
    

Kerney Laday
  Director
     
    

Jeffery M. Jackson
  Director
     
/s/  J.V. Lentell*

J.V. Lentell
  Director
     
    

Leonard H. Roberts
  Director
     
/s/  Paula Stern, Ph.D.*

Paula Stern, Ph.D.
  Director
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
COLORTYME, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
Vice-President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Robert F. Bloom

Robert F. Bloom
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  Vice-President and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
COLORTYME FINANCE, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
Vice-President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Robert F. Bloom

Robert F. Bloom
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  Vice-President and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RAINBOW RENTALS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RAC NATIONAL PRODUCT SERVICE, LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Manager
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
REMCO AMERICA, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER ADDISON, L.L.C.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Manager
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER EAST, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER TEXAS, L.P.
 
  By:  Rent-A-Center, Inc., its general partner
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer of the General Partner (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER TEXAS, L.L.C.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Manager
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RENT-A-CENTER WEST, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
GET IT NOW, LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Manager
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
RAC EAST OHIO, LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Manager
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
THE RENTAL STORE, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Mark E. Speese
Mark E. Speese,
President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 7th day of March, 2011.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Mark E. Speese*

Mark E. Speese
  President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Mitchell E. Fadel*

Mitchell E. Fadel
  Director
     
/s/  Robert D. Davis

Robert D. Davis
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*Signed by attorney-in-fact, Robert D. Davis


II-23


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
Exhibit No.
     
Description
 
  3 .1     Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center, Inc., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 31, 2002.)
  3 .2     Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center, Inc., dated May 19, 2004 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.)
  3 .3     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of September 23, 2010.)
  3 .4     Articles of Incorporation of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 14, 1999.)
  3 .5     Bylaws of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .6     Amendment to Bylaws of ColorTyme, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 22, 2002.)
  3 .7     Articles of Merger of ColorTyme, Inc. into CT Acquisition (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .8     Certification of Formation of ColorTyme Finance, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .9     Bylaws of ColorTyme Finance, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .10     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Rainbow Rentals, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit included in the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2008.)
  3 .11     Amended and Restated Code of Regulations of Rainbow Rentals, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to an exhibit included in the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2008.)
  3 .12     Certificate of Formation of RAC National Product Service, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .13     Operating Agreement of RAC National Product Service, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .14     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Remco America, Inc., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .15     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Remco America, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .16     Certificate of Formation of Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .17     Operating Agreement of Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .18     Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .19     Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .20     Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center International, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .21     Bylaws of Rent-A-Center International, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .22     Certificate of Limited Partnership of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P., as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .23     Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .24     Articles of Organization of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.
     
Description
 
  3 .25     Operating Agreement of Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .26     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .27     Bylaws of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .28     Amendment to Bylaws of Rent-A-Center West, Inc. (formerly known as Advantage Companies, Inc.) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 19, 1999.)
  3 .29     Certificate of Formation of Get It Now, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .30     Operating Agreement of Get It Now, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on filed July 11, 2003.)
  3 .31     Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Rental Store, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  3 .32     Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Rental Store, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  4 .1     Form of Certificate evidencing Common Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on January 13, 1999.)
  4 .2*     Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
  4 .3     Registration Rights Agreement relating to the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, dated as of November 2, 2010, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative for the initial purchasers named therein (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 2010.)
  4 .4     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., Diamondback Merger Sub, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Rent-A-Center, Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)
  4 .5     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., The Rental Store, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Rent-A-Center, Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.)
  5 .1*     Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  5 .2*     Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)
  5 .3*     Opinion Lionel, Sawyer & Collins
  5 .4*     Opinion of Frantz Ward LLP
  10 .1+     Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
  10 .2     Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2003, as amended and restated as of July 14, 2004, made by Rent-A-Center, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004).
  10 .3     Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated April 30, 2002, but effective as of June 28, 2002, by and between Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.)


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.
     
Description
 
  10 .4     Supplemental Letter Agreement to Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated May 26, 2003, by and between Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 11, 2003.)
  10 .5     First Amendment to Franchisee Financing Agreement, dated August 30, 2005, by and among Texas Capital Bank, National Association, ColorTyme, Inc. and Rent-A-Center East, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.)
  10 .6     Franchise Financing Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, between ColorTyme Finance, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)
  10 .7     Unconditional Guaranty of Rent-A-Center, Inc., dated as of August 2, 2010, executed by Rent-A-Center, Inc. in favor of Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)
  10 .8     Unconditional Guaranty of ColorTyme Finance, Inc., dated as of August 2, 2010, executed by ColorTyme Finance, Inc. in favor of Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2010.)
  10 .9+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.)
  10 .10+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.)
  10 .11+     Summary of Director Compensation (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)
  10 .12+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .13+     Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management pursuant to the Amended and Restated Rent-A-Center, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .14+     Form of Loyalty and Confidentiality Agreement entered into with management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.)
  10 .15+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.)
  10 .16+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.)
  10 .17+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .18+     Form of Long-Term Incentive Cash Award issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .19+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Amendment (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2007.)
  10 .20+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.
     
Description
 
  10 .21+     Form of Stock Compensation Agreement issuable to management pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .22+     Form of Stock Option Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.)
  10 .23+     Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement issuable to Directors pursuant to the Rent-A-Center, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)
  10 .24+     Form of Executive Transition Agreement entered into with management (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .25+     Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .26+     Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 2, 2006, between Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Mark E. Speese (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006.)
  10 .27+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007.)
  10 .28+     Rent-A-Center, Inc. 401-K Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)
  10 .29     Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2006, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, Union Bank of California, N.A., as documentation agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as syndication agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2009 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.)
  10 .30     Rent-A-Center East, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Puerto Rico Employees (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed January 28, 2011.)
  12 .1*     Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21 .1     Subsidiaries of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
  23 .1*     Consent of Grant Thornton.
  23 .3*     Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1     Powers of Attorney of certain officers and directors of Rent-A-Center, Inc. and other Registrants (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on January 25, 2011.)
  25 .1*     Form T-1, Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
  99 .1*     Form of Letter of Transmittal and Consent.
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

exv4w2
Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION VERSION
 
SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE
Dated as of November 2, 2010
among,
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.,
THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(a)(5)
  7.10
(b)
  7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
(b)
  12.03
(c)
  12.03
313(a)
  7.06
(b)(1)
  N.A.
(b)(2)
  7.06;7.07
(c)
  7.06;12.02
(d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.03;12.02; 12.05
(b)
  4.04
(c)(1)
  12.04
(c)(2)
  12.04
(c)(3)
  N.A.
(d)
  N.A.
(e)
  12.05
(f)
  N.A.
315(a)
  7.01; 7.07
(b)
  7.05; 12.02
(c)
  7.01
(d)
  7.01
(e)
  6.14
316(a)(last sentence)
  2.09
(a)(1)(A)
  6.05
(a)(1)(B)
  6.04
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.07
(c)
  2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.12
(b)
  2.04
318(a)
  12.01
(b)
  N.A.
(c)
  12.01
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1        
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE        
 
Section 1.01 Definitions
    6  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    37  
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction
    38  
Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    38  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    39  
 
ARTICLE 2        
 
THE NOTES        
 
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    41  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    42  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    42  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    42  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    43  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    43  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    44  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    44  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    45  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    45  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    45  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    45  
Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    46  
 
ARTICLE 3        
 
REDEMPTION        
 
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    46  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
    46  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    47  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    48  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    48  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    48  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    49  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    50  
Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    50  
 
ARTICLE 4        
 
COVENANTS        
 
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    52  

-2-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    52  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    53  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    54  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    54  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    54  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    55  
Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries
    60  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness
    61  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    66  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    68  
Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens
    70  
Section 4.13 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
    70  
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence
    71  
Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    71  
Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
    73  
Section 4.17 Payment for Consent
    73  
 
ARTICLE 5        
 
SUCCESSORS        
 
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    73  
Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted
    75  
 
ARTICLE 6        
 
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES        
 
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    76  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    78  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    79  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    79  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    79  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    79  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    80  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    80  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    80  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    80  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    80  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    81  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    81  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    81  
 
ARTICLE 7        
 
TRUSTEE        
 
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    82  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    83  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    84  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    84  

-3-


 

         
    Page  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    84  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    84  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    85  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
    86  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    86  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    87  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
    87  
 
ARTICLE 8        
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE        
 
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    87  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    87  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    88  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    88  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
    90  
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer
    90  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    90  
 
ARTICLE 9        
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER        
 
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
    91  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders
    92  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    93  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    93  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    94  
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
    94  
 
ARTICLE 10        
 
GUARANTEES        
 
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    94  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    96  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    96  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    96  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    97  
Section 10.06 Release of Note Guarantees
    97  
 
ARTICLE 11        
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE        
 
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    98  
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
    98  

-4-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 12        
 
MISCELLANEOUS        
 
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    99  
Section 12.02 Notices
    99  
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
    101  
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    101  
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    101  
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    101  
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders
    102  
Section 12.08 Governing Law
    102  
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    102  
Section 12.10 Force Majeure
    102  
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    102  
Section 12.12 Successors
    102  
Section 12.13 Severability
    103  
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
    103  
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    103  
Section 12.16 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act
    103  
Section 12.17 Payments Due on Non-Business Days
    103  
Section 12.18 Qualification of Indenture
    103  
     
Appendix A
  Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
 
Exhibit A
  Form of Note
Exhibit B
  Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

-5-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of November 2, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”); and
          WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person is merged with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person being merged with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.
          “Additional Assets” means:
     (1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding working capital or current assets but including the purchase of merchandise (inventory) held for rent or sale, idle inventory, rental agreements associated with any such merchandise, and store or kiosk locations (including leases with respect thereto)), and improvements and additions thereto, and other capital expenditures with respect thereto, to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business;
     (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Similar Business.

-6-


 

          “Additional Interest” means the additional interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate, within the prescribed time periods, the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 4.11, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.
          “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.
          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:
     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on November 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note.
          “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of (1) shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares), (2) property or (3) other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Disposition” does not mean the issuance or sale by the Issuer of Capital Stock, debt security or any other security of the Issuer.
          Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:
     (1) a disposition of shares of Capital Stock, property or other assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) a disposition of property and assets in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, (i) the sale or rent of merchandise to customers, (ii) the sale or other

-7-


 

disposition of merchandise to franchisees for sale or rent to customers of franchisees and (iii) the sale or discount, with or without recourse, and on commercially reasonable terms, of delinquent accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;
     (4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
     (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (7) for purposes of Section 4.10 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to Section 4.07;
     (8) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in which the aggregate fair market value of the assets disposed does not exceed $1.0 million for each such transaction or series of related transactions;
     (9) the creation of a Lien that is not prohibited by this Indenture and dispositions in connection with such Liens;
     (10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
     (11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09;
     (12) (a) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and (b) licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (13) foreclosure or other realization pursuant to Lien rights on assets;
     (14) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (15) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Capital Stock of the Issuer;
     (16) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(13) to the Issuer or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
     (17) dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary effected solely for the purpose of liquidating assets in order to permit the Insurance Subsidiary to pay expenses and to make

-8-


 

payments on insurance claims of the Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the proceeds of such dispositions;
     (18) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; and
     (19) the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange, between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person, of Additional Assets (an “Asset Swap”) provided that any cash received in connection with such transaction must be applied in accordance Section 4.10, and provided, further:
     (a) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the terms of such Asset Swap will have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; and
     (b) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the Issuer will have received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Asset Swap is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.
          “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”
          “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
          “beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.
          “Board of Directors” means:
     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) the executive committee of the board of directors;
     (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

-9-


 

     (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
          “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, equity appreciation rights, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock and limited liability company or partnership interests (whether member or general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
          “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.
          “Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
     (3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;
     (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A 2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P 2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized

-10-


 

Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and
     (7) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above.
          “Change of Control” means:
     (1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); or
     (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors; or
     (3) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or
     (4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.
     (5) the Issuer shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of RAC East.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur upon the consummation of any actions undertaken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of effecting a reorganization of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that none of the events described in paragraphs (1) through and including (4) of this definition has occurred.
          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “Common Stock” means with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, any and all shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
          “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:
     (1) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

-11-


 

     (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is or includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or
     (b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;
     (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction:
     (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; and
     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);
     (3) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted

-12-


 

Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and
     (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Issuer, the interest rate will be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Issuer.
          “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
     (a) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus
     (b) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus
     (c) consolidated depreciation expense (excluding depreciation of rental merchandise); plus
(d) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets;” plus
(e) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees;

-13-


 

     (2) decreased (without duplication) by
(a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); and
(b) any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring income or gain (but not loss) (including gains, but not losses, realized upon the sale of or other disposition of an asset of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business);
     (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items reflected in Consolidated Net Income:
(a) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133;
(b) any unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments to which fair value accounting is applied;
(c) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; and
(d) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any completed acquisition.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(b) through (e) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (1)(b) through (e) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
          “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are imposed, measured or calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

-14-


 

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:
     (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;
     (2) amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance cost; provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense;
     (3) non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash interest income or expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP will be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense;
     (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
     (5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent actually paid by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;
     (6) costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) related to Indebtedness;
     (7) interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
     (8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors payable to a party other than the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and
     (9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.
          For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense will include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

-15-


 

          For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Issuer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, fees, interest and other charges (including by means of granting discounts) paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets will be (without duplication) included in Consolidated Interest Expense.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis:
     (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that:
     (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and
     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(1) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer, except that:
     (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and
     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
     (3) any gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by (a) in respect of assets with a fair market value of less than or equal to $10.0 million, a responsible financial officer, (b) in respect of assets with a fair market value greater than $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0

-16-


 

million, a member of senior management, and (c) in respect of assets with a fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
     (4) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;
     (5) any extraordinary gain or loss;
     (6) any net income (loss) included in the consolidated statement of operations due to the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements;” and
     (7) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.
          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.
          “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “Debt Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional investors or lenders or dealers providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).
          “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on, or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

-17-


 

          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.
          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:
          (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
          (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it will be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or
          (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,
          in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.
          “Domestic Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.
          “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.
          “Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Issuer of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (3) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

-18-


 

          “Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to a corresponding Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by a responsible financial officer of the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, such determination will be made by Senior Management of the Issuer, and provided, further, if the fair market value exceeds $75.0 million such determination will be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an authorized committee thereof in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities).
          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Issuer is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting will be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture.
          “Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and will also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.
          “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
     (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

-19-


 

     (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
          The term “Guarantee” used as verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.
          “Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness will not include:
          (1) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;
          (2) any obligations of such Guarantor to another Subsidiary or the Issuer;
          (3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;
          (4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);
          (5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor; or
          (6) any Capital Stock.
          “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.
          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

-20-


 

     (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
     (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable or similar obligations and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);
     (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (b) any earn-out or other similar adjustment to purchase price obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);
     (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
     (7) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below and are secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness and obligations are assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such indebtedness or obligations will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness or obligation of such other Persons;
     (8) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and
     (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).
          The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be (without duplication) the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons will not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness will not be deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

-21-


 

          In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person will include Indebtedness as defined in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:
     (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);
     (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and
     (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness will be included in an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or
     (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC.
          “Insurance Subsidiary” means Legacy Insurance Co., Ltd., a Bermuda company and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer formed for the sole purpose of writing insurance only for the risks of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and its successors and permitted assigns.
          “interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and (without duplication) “Additional Interest”, if any.
          “Interest Payment Date” means May 15 and November 15 of each year to Stated Maturity of the Notes, commencing May 15, 2011.
          “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
          “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers and commissions, moving, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business) or other

-22-


 

extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:
     (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;
     (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Issuer or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of (a) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or (b) proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer.
     For purposes of Section 4.07:
     (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and
     (3) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.
          “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.
          “Issue Date” means November 2, 2010.
          “Issuer” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.
          “Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

-23-


 

     (1) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available, to
     (2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available;
     provided, however, that:
     (3) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:
     (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:
     (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or
     (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation, and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or
     (b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;
     (4) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset Disposition:
     (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

-24-


 

     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); and
     (c) Indebtedness at the end of such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the Net Available Cash of such Asset Disposition and the assumption of Indebtedness by the transferee;
     (5) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and
     (6) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.
          The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease or a contractual provision that restricts the ability to grant or permit a Lien on property or assets, or a contractual provision similar to Section 4.10 that requires the

-25-


 

application of sale proceeds on unsecured properties or assets to specified Indebtedness, to be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:
     (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;
     (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;
     (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and
     (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).
          “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
          “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:
     (1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding any pledge of stock of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of the related Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);
     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

-26-


 

     (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Issuer (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness) or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes, the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture, and Exchange Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto.
          “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” will also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes.
          “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated October 28, 2010, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
          “Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, or, in the event that the Issuer is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Issuer. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.
          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.
          “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes (without giving effect to collateral arrangements) or the Note Guarantees.
          “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in:
          (1) a Restricted Subsidiary;

-27-


 

     (2) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (3) cash and Cash Equivalents;
     (4) franchise contracts, installment contracts, rental contracts, service plans and all other amounts and receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
     (5) payroll, travel, commissions and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
     (6) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or
     (c) in settlement of debts, claims and disputes owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business;
     (8) Investments (a) made as a result of the receipt of non cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition and (b) Investments in Additional Assets made in connection with an Asset Swap as described in clause (19) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”.

-28-


 

     (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and renewals and replacements thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than the terms of the Investments being renewed or replaced;
     (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;
     (11) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09 and Guarantees received with respect to any Permitted Investment described in any of the above or below clauses;
     (12) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;
     (13) Investments by the Insurance Subsidiary in indebtedness of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary described in Section 4.09(b)(13);
     (14) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary in amounts not to exceed, in any fiscal year of the Issuer, the lesser of (x) $75.0 million and (y) the amount that will appear as an expense for self-insurance costs on the Issuer’s consolidated income statement;
     (15) Investments in Symbius Inc. up to an aggregate amount from and after the Issue Date not to exceed $10.0 million;
     (16) short-term loans extended by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of its financial services business; and
     (17) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition, other Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (17) in an aggregate principal amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million.
          “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations under the Debt Facilities permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);
     (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment and other insurance laws (including pledges or deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics’, materialmen, repairmen, and other similar Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by, or arise by operation of, law;

-29-


 

     (4) Liens for material taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and, if necessary, by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;
     (5) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;
     (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;
     (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with respect to Indebtedness described in this clause (10):
     (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and
     (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;
     (11) Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract; provided that

-30-


 

     (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and
     (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution to secure Indebtedness;
     (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consigned goods or similar arrangements, entered into or authorized by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or otherwise made as precautionary filings pursuant to such or similar types of filings;
     (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1)), provided that no such Lien will extend to any additional property (other than improvements, accessions, “products” and “proceeds” thereof, or, if provided therein, “after-acquired” property, as each such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the respective states that govern the creation of such Liens) and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;
     (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (15) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (17) Liens securing the Notes and Note Guarantees (and the exchange notes issued in exchange therefor and the related Guarantees) and any obligations owing to the Trustee under this Indenture as provided thereby;
     (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17), this clause (18) and clause (21) of this definition, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after-acquired property provided for therein, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
     (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;
     (20) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

-31-


 

     (21) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clauses of this definition, Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million.
     (22) Liens on property and assets used to secure Indebtedness, the net proceeds of which are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge the Notes;
     (23) Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(16), and
     (24) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture in money or other property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.
          “Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
          “RAC East” means Rent-A-Center East, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both will not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which will be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both, as the case may be.
          “Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means May 1st or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” will each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:
     (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

-32-


 

     (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;
     (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith);
     (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and
     (5) Refinancing Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.
     “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.
     “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
     “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to principal property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
     “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “Senior Credit Facility” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended and restated as of November 15, 2006 (as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of December 2, 2009), among the Issuer, the several lenders parties thereto from time to time the several documentation agents parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as the same has been, or may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded,

-33-


 

replaced or refinanced in whole or in part (whether with any of the original agents or lenders or one or more other agents and lenders and whether pursuant to the same or one or more other governing agreements) from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder, provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.09, provided that a Senior Credit Facility will not (1) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (2) relate to Indebtedness Incurred thereunder that does not consist exclusively of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness.
          “Senior Management” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Controller.
          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
          “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
          “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.
          “Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
          “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Total Tangible Assets” means Total Assets after deducting accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful accounts, other applicable reserves and other similar items of

-34-


 

the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and after deducting, to the extent otherwise included therein, the amounts of (without duplication):
     (1) the excess of cost over the fair market value of assets or business acquired, as determined by the Issuer in good faith (or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by its Board of Directors);
     (2) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer immediately preceding the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;
     (4) minority interest in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (5) treasury stock;
     (6) cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock; and
     (7) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend
          “Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(a) the yield to maturity at such date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
          “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).
          “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

-35-


 

     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination will be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:
     (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries will, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;
     (3) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.07;
     (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
     (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:
          (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or
          (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
     (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Issuer than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer.
          Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
          The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default will exist and the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
          “U.S.” means the United States of America.

-36-


 

          Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.
          “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
         
Term   Defined in Section
“Agent Members”
  2.1(c) of Appendix A
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11 (a)
“Applicable Procedures”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Asset Disposition Offer”
    4.10 (b)
“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
    3.09 (b)
“Asset Disposition Offer Period”
    3.09 (b)
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
    3.09 (b)
“Authentication Order”
    2.02 (c)
“Automatic Exchange”
  2.3(j) of Appendix A
“Automatic Exchange Date”
  2.3(j) of Appendix A
“Automatic Exchange Notice”
  2.3(j) of Appendix A
“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
  2.3(j) of Appendix A
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.15 (a)
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.15 (a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.15 (a)
“Clearstream”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“Definitive Notes Legend”
  2.3(e) of Appendix A
“DTC”
    2.03 (a)
“Event of Default”
    6.01 (a)
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10 (b)
“Expiration Date”
    1.05 (j)
“Global Note”
  2.1(b) of Appendix A
“Global Notes Legend”
  2.3(e) of Appendix A
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02 (a)
“Note Register”
    2.03 (a)
“Paying Agent”
    2.03 (a)
“QIB”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Registrar”
    2.03 (a)
“Regulation S”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Regulation S Global Note”
  2.1(b) of Appendix A
“Regulation S Notes”
  2.1(a) of Appendix A
“Restricted Payment”
    4.07 (a)
“Restricted Notes Legend”
  2.3(e) of Appendix A
“Rule 144”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Rule 144A”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Rule 144A Global Note”
  2.1(b) of Appendix A
“Rule 144A Notes”
  2.1(a) of Appendix A

-37-


 

     
Term   Defined in Section
“Rule 501”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Rule 904”
  1.1(a) of Appendix A
“Successor Company”
  5.01(a)(1)
“Successor Guarantor”
  5.01(c)(1)
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, will have the meaning assigned to it therein;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
     (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
     (7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;
     (8) “including” means including without limitation;
     (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments will be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and
     (11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Issuer may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines.
Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

-38-


 

          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
          “Commission” means the SEC;
          “indenture securities” means the Notes;
          “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit will also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note will bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Issuer or the Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
          (e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,

-39-


 

waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph will not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date will be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, will be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02.
          (f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01(a), (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy referred to in Section 6.06(2). If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, will be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02.
          (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph will have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (i) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies will be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,

-40-


 

consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.
          (j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change will be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 12.02, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date will be deemed to have initially designated the 90th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j).
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.
           (a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
           (b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will govern and be controlling.
          The Notes will be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.15. The Notes will not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.
          Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and will be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first interest payment date and the initial interest accrual date) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes will be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09. Any Additional Notes will be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

-41-


 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
          (a) At least one Officer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile or other electronically transmitted signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
          (b) A Note will not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
          (d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
    Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.
          (a) The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
          (b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
          The Issuer will, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, a Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the

-42-


 

money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
          The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Issuer will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
          (a) The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.
          (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.
          (c) No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders will be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05).
          (d) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          (e) Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
          (f) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on, such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer will be affected by notice to the contrary.
          (g) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

-43-


 

          (h) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.
          (i) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
          If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent in connection therewith. Subject to the preceding sentence, every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07, in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
          (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).
          (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.
          (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment.
          (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to

-44-


 

Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
          In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith will not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation.
          The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes will, upon the written request of the Issuer, be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
          (a) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or will make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date will be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the

-45-


 

expense of the Issuer) will mail, or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee will use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase will not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.
          If the Issuer elects to redeem less than all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it will furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period will be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 45 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption will occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. If any such redemption is subject to compliance with a condition permitted by this Indenture, such Officers’ Certificate will certify that such condition has been complied with or will certify, if such is the case, any conditions to be complied with, and the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt notice of such non-compliance, after which the Trustee will give notice to the Holders in the same manner as the related notice of redemption was given that such conditions have not been complied with and that the redemption will not occur.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
          (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee, in its sole discretion will deem fair and appropriate, and in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary in the case of Global Notes. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

-46-


 

          (b) The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
          (c) After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries will be made to reflect such partial redemption).
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.
          (a) Subject to Section 3.09, the Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed (or, in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) notices of redemption of Notes at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11.
          (b) The notice will identify the Notes (including CUSIP/ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:
     (1) the redemption date;
     (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof;
     (3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;
     (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

-47-


 

     (9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.
          (c) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period will be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, will be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part will not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
          (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the redemption or purchase date. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), then on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption or purchase date will be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no Additional Interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. If any Note called for redemption or purchase will not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to

-48-


 

the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and an Officers’ Certificate shall be required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.
          (a) At any time prior to November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to each Holder or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date. Promptly after the determination thereof, the Issuer will give the Trustee notice of the redemption price provided for in this Section 3.07(a), and the Trustee will not be responsible for such calculation.
          (b) In addition, prior to November 15, 2013, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 106.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.
          (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to November 15, 2015.
          (d) On and after November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15, 2015 of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage  
2015
    103.313 %
2016
    102.208 %
2017
    101.104 %
2018 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 will be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.
          (f) Any redemption or notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

-49-


 

          (g) The Issuer or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.
          The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
          (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Issuer is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will follow the procedures specified below.
          (b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes are made.
          (c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Asset Sale Purchase Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date.
          (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will mail a notice (or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise communicate in accordance with the procedures of DTC) to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. The Asset Disposition Offer will be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, will state:
     (1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Asset Disposition Offer will remain open;
     (2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

-50-


 

     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof only;
     (6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;
     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased;
     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note having a principal amount of $2,000 will be purchased in part; and
     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased will be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. In addition, the Issuer will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness.
          (f) The Paying Agent or the Issuer, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such

-51-


 

new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Issuer will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on or promptly following the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.
          (g) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 will be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.
          (a) The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon, New York City time, on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
          (b) The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          (c) The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
          The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain any such required office or agency or will fail to furnish the Trustee with the address

-52-


 

thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information.
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, and if not filed electronically with the SEC through EDGAR (or any successor system), the Issuer will file with the SEC (to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act), and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, without cost to any Holder, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to U.S. issuers within the time periods specified therein (including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant forms.
          (b) In the event that the Issuer is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Issuer will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act reports, documents and information to the Trustee and the Holders as if the Issuer were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms, which requirement may be satisfied by posting such reports, documents and information on its website within the time periods specified by this Section 4.03, provided, that the Issuer will not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer, or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement.
          (c) If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such Unrestricted Subsidiary, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary (based upon the most recently delivered financial statements), then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Issuer, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          (d) The filing requirements set forth in this Section 4.03 for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Issuer prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph will not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Issuer’s reporting obligations set forth in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 4.03.

-53-


 

          (e) In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this clause (e), the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders as required by this Section 4.03 if it has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR or IDEA filing system and such reports are publicly available.
          Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
          The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officers signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default will have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).
          When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer will promptly (which will be no more than 30 days following the date on which the Issuer becomes aware of such Default, receives such notice or becomes aware of such action, as applicable and so long as such Default is continuing) send to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes.
          The Issuer will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
          The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and

-54-


 

covenant that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
          (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:
          (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); and
          (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution;
          (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock));
          (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment or installment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than:
          (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Guarantor permitted under clauses (5) and (13) of Section 4.09(b) or
          (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or
          (4) make any Restricted Investment,
(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) will be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
          (A) no Default exists or immediately after giving effect thereto would exist;

-55-


 

          (B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and
          (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (5), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15) and (17) of Section 4.07(b)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication):
(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date, other than:
(x) Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); and
(y) Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 3.07(b); plus
(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange); plus
(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:
(x) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances, payments of interest and dividends or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or

-56-


 

     (y) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,
          which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.
          (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit:
          (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(ii);
          (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Subordinated Obligations or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness;
          (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;
          (4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.15 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;
          (5) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10;

-57-


 

          (6) the declaration of any dividend and the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration, if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this provision;
          (7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate such Person approved by the Board of Directors; provided that such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights were received for services related to, or for the benefit of, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate during any consecutive twelvemonth period (plus any unused amounts under this clause (7) from prior years), although such amount in any such period may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
          (A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, and to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Capital Stock of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former employees or members of management of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions will be excluded from Section 4.09(a)(4)(C)(ii); plus
          (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
          (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (7);
          (8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;”
          (9) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;
          (10) the purchase or redemption of any shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer, for cash, in an aggregate amount (net of related costs and expenses) not in excess of $100.0 million subsequent to the Issue Date;
          (11) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
          (12) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above and clauses (13) through (17) below, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, which when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash

-58-


 

and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed $75.0 million;
          (13) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary to the extent required to meet regulatory capital guidelines, policies or rules in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $35.0 million in the aggregate;
          (14) the Issuer may repurchase shares of its common stock from the Insurance Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed (when taken together with the amount of cash dispositions made pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of “Asset Disposition” the amount necessary to (i) pay operating costs and expenses of the Insurance Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business (not to exceed $250,000 per fiscal year of the Issuer) and (ii) permit the Insurance Subsidiary to make payments on insurance claims of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the proceeds of such repurchase;
          (15) the Insurance Subsidiary may purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Issuer from the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (16) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock in an aggregate amount during any fiscal year not to exceed $20.0 million; and
          (17) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million in any fiscal year of the Issuer (with any unutilized amounts carried forward to the next fiscal year of the Issuer, but no further); provided, that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the application of the proceeds thereof), the Issuer would have had a Leverage Ratio of less than 2.5 to 1.0;
          provided, however, that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (7), (8), (10), (12), (16) and (17), no Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
          In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the foregoing covenant, the Issuer may allocate or reallocate, at anytime and from time to time, all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among all clauses of Section 4.07(b) (as of the Issue Date, such clauses being clauses (1) through (17)) or among such clauses and Section 4.07(a), provided that at the time of such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under this Section 4.07.
          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash will be its face amount. Not later than thirty (30) days following the making any Restricted Payment, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.
          As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such

-59-


 

designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.
Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
          (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);
          (2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or
          (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers will not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).
          (b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
          (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to (i) the Senior Credit Facility and related documentation (including agreements related to banking services, cash management services and Hedging Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;
          (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees and documentation related to the foregoing;
          (3) any agreement, organizational or governance document or other instrument of, or relating to any asset of, a Person acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after acquired property);
          (4) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of (i) an agreement, instrument or document referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (4); provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions effected by such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive (taken as a whole with all other encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreement, instrument or document) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained the agreements referred to in clause (1),

-60-


 

(2) or (3) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;
          (5) in the case of Section 4.08(a)(3), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
          (6) (A) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3) on the property so acquired;
          (7) contracts for the sale of assets (including Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or Capital Stock, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
          (8) cash or other deposits or net worth or similar requirements imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
          (9) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
          (10) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
          (11) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any arbiter, tribunal or governmental authority; and
          (12) consensual arrangements with insurance regulators with respect to the Insurance Subsidiary; and
          (13) other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Preferred Stock issued by a Guarantor, in each case in accordance with Section 4.09, that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Issuer in either this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Issuer at a Restricted Subsidiary level).
Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of net proceeds therefrom):
          (1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and
          (2) no Default or Event of Default then exists or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would exist.

-61-


 

          (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:
          (1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred under one or more Debt Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate outstanding amount equal to $1,000.0 million less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the proceeds from Asset Dispositions made pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3)(A) in satisfaction of the requirements of such covenant;
          (2) Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees (other than any Additional Notes and their related Guarantees) and any Exchange Notes and any Note Guarantees thereof;
          (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10) and (11) of this Section 4.09(b);
          (4) (A) Guarantees by (i) the Issuer or Guarantors of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, and (ii) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
(B) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary;
          (5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
(A) if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;
(B) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor; and
(C) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
     (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer
will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

-62-


 

          (6) Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Person is acquired (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), either:
     (A) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); or
     (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger.
          (7) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);
          (8) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary whether through the direct purchase, lease, construction or improvement of such property, plant or equipment, including any such Indebtedness assumed in connection with the purchase of such property, plant or equipment or secured by a Lien thereon prior to such purchases, such property, plant or equipment, and any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8) and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million at any time outstanding, determined as of the date of such Incurrence;
          (9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course of business; including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments issued for such purposes to the extent none of such instruments is drawn upon, or if drawn upon, is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt of demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument and (B) arising from an obligation to repay customer deposits received in the ordinary course;
          (10) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that:
     (A) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness will at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

-63-


 

     (B) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (10));
          (11) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including electronic transfers, wire transfers and credit card payments (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of lines of credit); provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;
          (12) the Incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (6) and this clause (12) of this Section 4.09(b), or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith;
          (13) (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer and of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Insurance Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65.0 million at any time outstanding that cannot be subordinated to the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture for regulatory reasons or would cause the carrying value for regulatory valuation purposes to be decreased; and (b) Indebtedness of the Insurance Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.07(b)(13);
          (14) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of outstanding Indebtedness of franchisees not to exceed (without duplication) a principal amount of $100.0 million at any time outstanding;
          (15) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to lines of credit entered into in connection with cash management facilities and in an aggregate principal amount (for the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries) not to exceed $30.0 million at any one time, including the line of credit between RAC East, the Issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer and INTRUST Bank, N.A.;
          (16) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which will not exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding;
          (17) Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and
          (18) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above,
          Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed $100.0 million.
          The Issuer will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Restricted Subsidiary (other

-64-


 

than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.
          For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09:
          (1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility will be deemed Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) and not Section 4.9(a) or Section 4.09(b)(3) and may not later be reclassified;
          (2) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included;
          (3) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness will not be included;
          (4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;
          (5) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness; and
          (6) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
          Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
          In addition, the Issuer will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not

-65-


 

permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Issuer will be in Default of this Section 4.09).
          For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer may Incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:
     (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares, property and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and
     (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the option of the Issuer and in the sequence it elects (subject to the terms of the Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below) to any of the following (or any combination thereof) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, as follows:
     (A) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto): (x) obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer);
     (B) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer); provided that the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the

-66-


 

Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.10 for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest including Additional Interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or
     (C) to invest in Additional Assets;
          provided that the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in this Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) if and to the extent that, within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Dispositions that generated the Net Available Cash or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Similar Business, make an Investment in Additional Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision described in clause (c), and that acquisition, purchase, investment or capital expenditure is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a), (b) or (c) above, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
          For the purposes of Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2), no Asset Disposition pursuant to condemnation, confiscation, appropriation or other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, resulting from damage, destruction, or total loss, or pursuant to foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien Incurred not in breach of this Indenture or exercise by the related lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure will, in any such case, be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (1) and (2) above.
          For the purposes of clause (2) above only, and for no other purpose, the following will be deemed to be cash:
     (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such shares, property or other assets and from which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;
     (2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and
     (3) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
          (b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” which, for the avoidance

-67-


 

of doubt, will not include any Net Available Cash that is the subject of an Asset Disposition Offer to the extent not accepted by the Holders on or before the applicable Asset Disposition Purchase Date pursuant to the terms described below. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or, in the case of Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) above, upon abandonment of any such project, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer will promptly thereafter make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the Relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required by Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer and not properly withdrawn is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders or lenders thereof, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
          (c) If pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Trustee is required to comment on Asset Disposal Offer, the Trustee will follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any material transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:
          (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms’-length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate;
          (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in Section 4.11(a)(1) above;
          (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in 4.11(a)(1) above; and

-68-


 

          (4) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Issuer has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction satisfied the criteria in clause (1) above.
          (b) Section 4.11(a) will not apply to:
          (1) (A) any transaction (i) between or among the Issuer and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any Guarantees issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 4.07;
          (2) any (A) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 or (B) Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof);
          (3) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers, employees and directors (and, if required by the governance documents of the Issuer), approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
          (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and benefit arrangements and indemnity provided for or on behalf of, employees, officers, directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (5) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) at any time outstanding;
          (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, extension, replacement, or renewal does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the terms of the agreements on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;
          (7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that such agreement was not entered into contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger), as determined in good faith by the Issuer;
          (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise not in breach of the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Issuer, such transactions are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

-69-


 

          (9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;
          (10) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns Capital Stock in, or controls, such Person;
          (11) any transaction between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director in connection with the approval of the transaction; and
          (12) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.
Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens.
          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom, including any collateral assignment or conveyance of any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens:
          (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
          (b) in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by Lien on such property, assets or proceeds or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens.
          Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above.
     Section 4.13 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless:
          (a) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the covenant described under Section 4.09.
          (b) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to create a Lien on the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction under Section 4.12; and

-70-


 

          (c) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Sale and all of the conditions of this Indenture described under Section 4.10 (including the provisions concerning the application of Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction.
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.
          Subject to Article 5, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, and (2) licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries which are necessary to operate its and their business, taken as a whole; provided that the Issuer will not be required to take any such actions to preserve any such licenses or franchises, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith determines that the preservation thereof is not desirable or necessary in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
     Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Article 3, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Sections Article 3, the Issuer will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Issuer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business day on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on a Interest Payment Date);
     (2) the purchase date (which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and
     (3) the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.
          (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

-71-


 

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.15.
          (c) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an Interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
          (e) The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable, except as set forth under the captions “—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and discharge.” Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
          (f) Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Credit Facility may, and future Indebtedness may, prohibit the Issuer’s prepayment of the Notes before their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Issuer is not able to prepay the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain requisite consents, the Issuer will be unable to fulfill its repurchase obligations if Holders of Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under this Indenture. A payment or acceleration under this Indenture will result in a cross-default under the current terms of the Senior Credit Facility.
          (g) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control contemporaneously with the making of the Change of Control Offer.
          (h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.
          (i) The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving the Issuer by increasing the capital required to effectuate such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole

-72-


 

to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above. Certain provisions under this Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.
     Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
          The Issuer will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes on a senior and unsecured basis and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same basis as so Guaranteed by all other then-existing Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee will be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06.
          The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. The effectiveness of this limiting provision is not, however, free from doubt.
Section 4.17 Payment for Consent.
          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of, any Holder for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.
          (a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Issuer, the “Successor Company”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia;

-73-


 

     (2) the Successor Company expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or
     (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
     (5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(b)(1) will apply) will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee will apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and will have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement will continue to be in effect; and
     (6) The Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.
     (b) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a):
     (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Issuer; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Issuer, the Issuer will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and
     (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
          (c) In addition, the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not any such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) unless:
     (1) if such entity remains a Guarantor, (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia;

-74-


 

     (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and
     (D) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture; and
     (2) if the transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, such transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and this Section 5.01.
          (d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor or the Issuer or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
          (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.
          (f) The Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Issuer will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on the Notes and a Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.
Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted.
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person, formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or wound up or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, will refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer will not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal, premium, if any,

-75-


 

and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
     (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
     (1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement), if any, on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;
     (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01;
     (4) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with any of its obligations under Article 3;
     (5) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantors to comply for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in this Indenture (other than a failure that is subject to Clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above);
     (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:
     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or
     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity;
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent);
     (7) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or

-76-


 

its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that has not contested coverage), which final judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable;
     (8) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
     (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (A) is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

-77-


 

     (10) (A) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or (B) any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee.
          (b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes will be automatically annulled if:
     (1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) will be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and
     (2) (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived;
     provided, however, that if the Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(6) has not been annulled pursuant to this Section of 6.01(b), then the declaration of acceleration may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.04.
     Section 6.02 Acceleration.
          (a) If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders will, declare the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
          Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers, in good faith, determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01(a) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, the principal of, and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on all the then outstanding Notes will become immediately due and payable without further action or notice.
          (c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes written by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders rescind an acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

-78-


 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of the Notes or the Note Guarantee or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
          Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

-79-


 

     (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest on, its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

-80-


 

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
          The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities.
          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money in the following order:
     (1) to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (2) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, and premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on, the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (3) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction will direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee will cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 14.02.
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any

-81-


 

party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

-82-


 

          (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee will determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and will incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor.
          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it will have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or an Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.
          (h) In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the

-83-


 

Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice will set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee will not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.
          (k) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
          (l) The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
          The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
          The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
          If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if, in accordance with Section 7.02(g), it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
          (a) Within 60 days after each October 15, beginning with the October 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section

-84-


 

313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed or delisted on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.
          (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties will agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee will provide the Issuer reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business.
          (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer will defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. In addition, the Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
          (c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.
          (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

-85-


 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
          (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days prior notice of such resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
          (b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
          (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (e) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and such transfer will be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          (f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” will also include each Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee, subject to Section 7.10.

-86-


 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.
          (a) There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          (b) This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
          (a) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04;
     (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

-87-


 

     (4) this Section 8.02.
          (b) Following the Issuer’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.
          (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 3 and Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors will be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case will not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
          (a) The following will be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest due on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

-88-


 

     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
     in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound, or if each breach or default would occur, which is not waived as of and for all purposes, on and after the date of such defeasance;
     (5) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;
     (6) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, including that no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuer under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to Section 547 of Bankruptcy Law;
     (7) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer, any Guarantor or others;
     (8) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

-89-


 

     (9) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (8) above).
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
          (a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (b) The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders.
          (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer.
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal,

-90-


 

premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.
          (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees to:
     (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture or the Note Guarantees;
     (3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
     (4) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;
     (5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
     (6) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
     (7) add covenants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (8) make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;
     (9) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (10) evidence and provide for the appointment and acceptance of an appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;
     (11) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
     (12) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to, or providing for, the issuance, transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including,

-91-


 

without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes, or if Incurred in Compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes, and in each case, the related Guarantees; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being issued or transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
          (b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C, and delivery of an Officers’ Certificate, except as provided in Section 5.01(c).
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.
          (a) Except as provided in Section 9.01, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 will determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.
          (b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
          (c) It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-92-


 

          (e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;
     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
     (5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Article 3, and Sections 4.10 and 4.15 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Change of Control”);
     (6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;
     (7) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
     (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions;
     (9) modify the Guarantees of any Guarantors that is a Significant Subsidiary in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or
     (10) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of the obligations under its Guarantee on this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof.
          (f) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
          If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
          (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the

-93-


 

date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          (b) The Issuer may, but will not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
          (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
          The Trustee will sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee will receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee.
          (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

-94-


 

          (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder will be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06.
          (c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          (d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
          (e) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.
          (f) Each Note Guarantee will remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          (g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          (h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee will be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

-95-


 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery.
          (a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, on the Issue Date each initial Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officer or person holding an equivalent title.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.
          (c) If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor will be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.16, the Issuer will cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.
Section 10.04 Subrogation.
          Each Guarantor will be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor will be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes will have been paid in full.

-96-


 

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged.
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Note Guarantees.
          (a) A Guarantor and its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee will be required for the release of such Guarantor or its Note Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) (i) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (other than by lease) of all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not such Guarantor is the Surviving Person of such transaction); provided that (x) such disposition is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.10 needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and Article 5 and (y) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction;
     (B) the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Senior Credit Facility (including by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility) and all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the Guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee; provided that if such Person has Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09, such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under Section 4.09;
     (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
     (D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and
     (2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction and/or release have been complied with.
          (b) At the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee will execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee.

-97-


 

ARTICLE 11
Satisfaction and Discharge
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
          (a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes when:
          (1) Either (A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
          (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur contemporaneously with such deposit as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
          (3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid or otherwise made to the satisfaction of the Trustee, provision for the payment of, all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
          (4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          (b) In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money will have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 13.01(a), the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 will survive such satisfaction and discharge.
          Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of

-98-


 

the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties will control.
Section 12.02 Notices.
          (a) Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address:
if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:
c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
Fax No.: (972) 943 — 0116
Attention: General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
with a copy to:
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800
Dallas, Texas 75201
Fax No: (214) 855 — 8200
Attention: Thomas W. Hughes and James R. Griffin
if to the Trustee:
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
601 Travis, 16th Floor
Houston TX, 77002
Fax No.: (713) 483 — 6954
Attention: Kash Asghar

-99-


 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          (b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee will be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders will be filed with the Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
          (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice will be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.
          (f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties, provided that the Trustee has taken and maintains commercially reasonable efforts and controls to safeguard the use and access of information and materials so transmitted to and by it.
          (g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

-100-


 

          (h) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will furnish to the Trustee:
          (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
          (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that (1) subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C and (2) no Opinion of Counsel pursuant to this Section will be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) will include:
          (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
          (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and
          (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

-101-


 

Section 12.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders.
          No past, present or future manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, or stockholder or other owner of equity interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, as such shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.
          Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law.
          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial.
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 12.10 Force Majeure.
          In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee will use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.12 Successors.
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06.

-102-


 

Section 12.13 Severability.
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals.
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.16 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.
          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as is reasonably requested by the Trustee in order for the Trustee to comply with the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.
Section 12.17 Payments Due on Non-Business Days.
          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes will not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.
Section 12.18 Qualification of Indenture.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors will qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and will pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee will be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-103-


 

         
  RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Executive Vice President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 
  ColorTyme, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  ColorTyme Finance, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Rainbow Rentals, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  RAC National Product Service, LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Remco America, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Rent-A Center Addison, L.L.C.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 

[Indenture]

 


 

         
  Rent-A-Center East, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Rent-A-Center International, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Executive Vice President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 
  Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Rent-A-Center West, Inc.
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  Get It Now, LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  RAC East Ohio, LLC
 
 
  By   /s/ Robert D. Davis   
    Name:   Robert D. Davis   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 

[Indenture]

 


 

         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY,
N.A., as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kash Asghar  
    Name:   Kash Asghar  
    Title:   Senior Associate  
 
[Indenture]

 


 

APPENDIX A
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND
ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES
Section 1.1 Definitions.
          (a) Capitalized Terms.
          Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.
          “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day will be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.
          “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.
          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
     “U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.
     (b) Other Definitions.
         
Term:   Defined in Section:  
“Agent Members”
    2.1 (c)
“Automatic Exchange”
    2.3 (j)
“Automatic Exchange Date”
    2.3 (j)
“Automatic Exchange Notice”
    2.3 (j)

 


 

         
Term:   Defined in Section:  
“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
    2.3 (j)
“Definitive Notes Legend”
    2.3 (e)
“Global Notes”
    2.1 (b)
“Global Notes Legend”
    2.3 (e)
“Regulation S Global Note”
    2.1 (b)
“Regulation S Notes”
    2.1 (a)
“Restricted Notes Legend”
    2.3 (e)
“Rule 144A Notes”
    2.1 (a)
“Rule 144A Global Note”
    2.1 (b)
Section 2.1 Form and Dating
          (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501.
          (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each will provide that it will represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2.3(c) of this Appendix A.
          (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) will apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.
          The Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and pursuant to an order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) will be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) will be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

2


 

          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
          (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes.
Section 2.2 Authentication.
          The Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture. Such order will specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes.
Section 2.3 Transfer and Exchange.
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:
     (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
     (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
the Registrar will register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:
     (1) will be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
     (2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
     (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or

3


 

     (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or
     (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legends set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of this Appendix A.
          (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, together with:
     (i) (A) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or (2) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (B) such other certification and opinion of counsel as the Issuer will require; and
     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
the Trustee will cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and will credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.
          (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account will be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer will be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, will be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with

4


 

Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available), or another applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.
     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.
     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
     (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.
          (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, (1) the Regulation S Global Note will be a temporary global security for purposes of Rules 903 and 904 under the Securities Act, whether or not designated as such on the face of such Note, and (2) interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Issuer, (2) so long as such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) or another available exemption, (5) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note will be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Such written certification will no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

5


 

     (ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture.
     (iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such beneficial interests are owned either by non-U.S. persons or by U.S. persons who purchased those interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. If no such Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note is then outstanding, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.
     (e) Legends.
     (i) Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) will bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”):
    THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A,

6


 

    (D)PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]
    BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER
    ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
Each Definitive Note will bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):
    IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
Each Global Note will bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

7


 

    UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
    TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
     (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar will permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Notes).
     (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes will cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply.
     (iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer.
     (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend will cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in global form will continue to apply.
     (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering will not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

8


 

          (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note will be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced and an adjustment will be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
     (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.
     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.
     (ii) No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 of this Indenture).
     (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar will be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
     (h) No Obligation of the Trustee.
     (i) The Trustee will have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes will be given or made only to the registered Holders (which will be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note will be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and will be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
     (ii) The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among

9


 

Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture, the Trustee will authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
     (j) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may (A) provide written notice to the Trustee at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange, instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer will have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (B) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange will occur, (III) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more

10


 

Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuer’s request on no less than five calendar days’ notice, the Trustee will deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice (which will be prepared by the Issuer) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, during the 10-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.3(j) will be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer will provide, and the Trustee will be entitled to rely upon, an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic Exchange will be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Issuer may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officers’ Certificate. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.3(j), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes will be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange will be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.
Section 2.4 Definitive Notes.
          (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer will be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture. In addition, any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Issuer and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee.
          (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section will be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary will direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note

11


 

will, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) of this Appendix A, the registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
          (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this Appendix A, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

12


 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]
          [Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
CUSIP [   ]
ISIN [   ]
[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
No. ___   $(_____________)
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of [ ] Dollars ($______), as revised by Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Notes, on November 15, 2020.
Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15
Record Dates: May 1 and November 1
Reference is made to provisions of this Note set forth in the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.
     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purposes.

A-13


 

     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated:
         
  [NAME OF ISSUER]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-14


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  [NAME OF TRUSTEE], as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
Dated:

A-15


 

[Reverse Side of Note]
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
          Capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST. Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.625% per annum from and including November 2, 2010 until maturity and will pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 2, 2010; provided that the first Interest Payment Date will be May 15, 2011. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020. The Issuer will be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture will govern and be controlling.

A-16


 

          5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
          6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders will be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
          8. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
          10. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
          11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2010, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.
          12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
Fax No.: (972)943-0116
Attention: General Counsel and Secretary

A-17


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  
   
 
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)
 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
     
and irrevocably appoint
   
 
   
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date: _____________________
         
  Your Signature:     
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)  
 
Signature Guarantee*: ________________________
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-18


 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
Re: Rent-A-Center, Inc. 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 — CUSIP [_____]
Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.
The undersigned (check one box below):
  o has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
 
  o has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the applicable holding period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
  (1)   o  to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
 
  (2)   o  to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
 
  (3)   o   pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
  (4)   o   inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
 
  (5)   o   outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
 
  (6)   o   to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

A-19


 

  (7)   o  pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
    Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.
         
     
     
  Your Signature   
     
 
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
       
Date:                                         
   
 
   
Signature must be guaranteed
  Signature of Signature    
by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
  Guarantor    
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
         
Dated:                                         
   
 
   
 
  NOTICE:           To be executed by
                          an executive officer
   

A-20


 

TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE
The undersigned represents and warrants that either:
  o the undersigned is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933); or
 
  o the undersigned is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933.
         
Dated:                                         
   
 
   
 
  Signature    

A-21


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
o Section 4.10           o Section 4.15
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
         
 
  $                        (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)
Date: _____________________
         
     
  Your Signature:     
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on   
    the face of this Note)   
 
     
  Tax Identification No.:     
     
     
 
Signature Guarantee*: ________________________
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-22


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $_________. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                                Signature of  
                Amount of increase     Principal Amount of     authorized  
        Amount of decrease     in Principal     this Global Note     signatory of  
        in Principal Amount     Amount of this     following such     Trustee or  
Date of Exchange     of the Global Note     Global Note     decrease or increase     Custodian  
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

A-23


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
          Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [__________] [__], 20[__], among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of [Name of Issuer], a [Delaware] corporation (the “Issuer”), and [Name of Trustee], as trustee (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 2, 2010, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
          1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 10 thereof.
          3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          4. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
          5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplemental Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplemental Indenture.

B-3


 

          6. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
          7. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.

B-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [NAME OF ISSUER]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [NAME OF TRUSTEE], as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
(FULLBRIGHT LETTERHEAD)
March 7, 2011
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Subsidiary Guarantors Listed in the Form S-4/A
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (the “Registration Statement”) filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) of (i) the offering and issuance of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) for like principal amount of the Company’s issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Outstanding Notes”) and (ii) the guarantees (the “Guarantees”) of certain subsidiaries of the Company listed in the Registration Statement as guarantors (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) of the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes. The Exchange Notes will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (as amended or supplemented and in effect, the “Indenture”), between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).
     In connection with the foregoing, we have examined originals or copies of such corporate records, as applicable, of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, certificates and other communications of public officials, certificates of officers of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinions expressed herein. As to questions of fact material to those opinions, we have, to the extent we deemed appropriate, relied on certificates of officers of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and on certificates and other communications of public officials. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures on, and the authenticity of, all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the legal capacity of each individual who signed any of those documents. We have assumed due authorization, delivery and execution of the Indenture by the Trustee.
     Based upon the foregoing, and upon an examination of such questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate, and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we advise you that, in our opinion:
  1)   The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees of the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized;
AUSTIN • BEIJING • DALLAS • DENVER • DUBAI • HONG KONG • HOUSTON • LONDON • LOS ANGELES
MINNEAPOLIS • MUNICH • NEW YORK • RIYADH • SAN ANTONIO • ST. LOUIS • WASHINGTON DC
www.fulbright.com

 


 

Rent-A-Center
March 7, 2011
Page 2
  2)   When (i) the Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), and (ii) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed and issued by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture and have been duly delivered against surrender and cancellation of like principal amount of the Outstanding Notes in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and
 
  3)   When (i) the Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and (ii) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed and issued by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture and have been duly delivered against surrender and cancellation of like principal amount of the Outstanding Notes in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Guarantees of the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against each Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with their terms.
     The opinions expressed herein are limited exclusively to the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the State of Texas and the General Corporation Law and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and reported judicial interpretations of such laws, and, except as set forth in the succeeding sentence, we are expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction. With regard to Subsidiary Guarantors that are organized or formed under the laws of Arizona, Nevada or Ohio, we have relied on the opinions of DLA Piper LLP, Lionel Sawyer & Collins, and Frantz Ward LLP, filed with the Registration Statement as Exhibits 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4, respectively, as to the matters set forth in such opinions.
     The enforceability of the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees of the Exchange Notes may be limited or affected by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, rearrangement, conservatorship, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws (including court decisions) now or hereafter in effect and affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally or providing for the relief of debtors, (b) the refusal of a particular court to grant (i) equitable remedies, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, specific performance and injunctive relief, or (ii) a particular remedy sought under such documents as opposed to another remedy provided for therein or another remedy available at law or in equity, (c) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such remedies are sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (d) judicial discretion.

 


 

Rent-A-Center
March 7, 2011
Page 3
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement.
     
Very truly yours,
   
 
   
/s/ Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
   
 
   
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
   

 

exv5w2
Exhibit 5.2
DLA Piper LLP (US)
March 4, 2011
Fulbright & Jaworski LLP
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800
Dallas, TX 75201
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have informed us that Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RAC”), and certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC, including The Rental Store, Inc., an Arizona corporation (the “Local Guarantor”), are preparing a Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”), pursuant to which RAC is registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, an aggregate of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees in exchange for an equivalent principal amount of RAC’s outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Outstanding Notes”) and related guarantees that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the consummation of the exchange offer.
     You have further informed us that the Exchange Notes and related guarantees will be issued (and the Outstanding Notes and related guarantees were issued) pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among RAC, certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC from time to time party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”). The Local Guarantor became a party to the Indenture upon the execution and delivery by the Local Guarantor of a Supplemental Indenture, dated December 21, 2010, among RAC, the Local Guarantor and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture”). Accordingly, the Local Guarantor will issue a guarantee with respect to the Exchange Notes (the “Guarantee”).
     In connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, you have requested that we render to you the opinions set forth below regarding the Local Guarantor.
A. Documents Examined
     In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined following documents (collectively, the “Corporate Documents”):
     (a) the Articles of Merger and Amendment of Diamondback Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) with and into Local Guarantor, as filed with the Arizona Corporation Commission on December 21, 2010 (File No. -0154116-3) (the “Articles of Merger”);
     (b) the Organizational Consent of Directors of Merger Sub, dated December 16, 2010;

-1-


 

     (c) the Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Local Guarantor, as filed with the Arizona Corporation Commission on December 21, 2010;
     (c) the Bylaws of Local Guarantor; and
     (d) the Supplemental Indenture.
     We have also examined such other corporate documents and records of Local Guarantor and made such other investigation as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to render the opinions set forth below. As to matters of fact material to our opinions set forth below, we have relied, without independent investigation or inquiry, on certificates of public officials and relevant public records.
B. Opinions
     Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth below, it is our opinion that:
     1. Local Guarantor is a corporation legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Arizona.
     2. Local Guarantor has the corporate power to enter into the Supplemental Indenture and the Guarantee.
     3. The Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Local Guarantor.
     4. The Guarantee has been duly authorized by Local Guarantor. The Guarantee will be duly executed and delivered by Local Guarantor when it is (a) signed by an officer of Local Guarantor duly authorized to do so by the Board of Directors of Local Guarantor in a resolution that remains in full force and effect, and (b) delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
     5. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of any governmental agency or body of the State of Arizona generally applicable to entities such as the Local Guarantor, or, to our knowledge, of any court of the State of Arizona, is required of the Local Guarantor for the execution and delivery of the Guarantee.
C. Assumptions
     With your permission, in rendering the foregoing opinions, we have made the following assumptions. We have made these assumptions without independent verification, and with the understanding that we are under no duty to inquire about or perform any investigation regarding such matters:

-2-


 

     (a) the genuineness of all signatures not witnessed, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the legal capacity of each individual who signed any of those documents;
     (b) the due authorization, execution and delivery by the parties thereto of all documents examined by us (other than the due authorization of the Supplemental Indenture and Guarantee by the Local Guarantor);
     (c) the accuracy, completeness, and genuineness of all representations and certifications made to or obtained by us, including those of public officials;
     (d) the accuracy and completeness of records of Local Guarantor provided to us;
     (e) that each of the Corporate Documents remain in full force and effect;
     (f) that the Supplemental Indenture was delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
     (g) that no fraud or dishonesty exists with respect to any matters relevant to our opinions.
D. Qualifications and Limitations
    The opinions set forth above are subject to the following qualifications and limitations:
     1. The opinions expressed in Paragraph B.1 above as to the legal existence and good standing of Local Guarantor are based solely on our review of a good standing certificate issued by the Arizona Corporation Commission, dated January 23, 2011, a copy of which has been made available to you, and our opinions with respect to such matters are limited accordingly.
     2. The opinions expressed herein are limited exclusively to the laws of the State of Arizona and reported judicial interpretations of such laws, and we are expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
     3. Where we render an opinion “to our knowledge,” it is based solely upon the actual knowledge of the attorneys who have been directly involved in preparing this opinion, and means that in the course of such preparation no facts have come to our attention that would give us actual knowledge or actual notice that the opinion is not accurate.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an attachment to your opinion, as filed with the

-3-


 

Registration Statement.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ DLA Piper LLP (US)    
  DLA Piper LLP (US)   
       
 

-4-

exv5w3
Exhibit 5.3
lionel sawyer & collins
                 
SAMUEL S. LIONEL
GRANT SAWYER
    (1918-1996)
JON R. COLLINS
    (1923-1987)
RICHARD H. BRYAN
JEFFREY P. ZUCKER
PAUL R. HEJMANOWSKI
ROBERT D. FAISS
DAVID N. FREDERICK
RODNEY M. JEAN
HARVEY WHITTEMORE
TODD TOUTON
CAM FERENBACH
LYNDA S. MABRY
MARK H. GOLDSTEIN
KIRBY J. SMITH
COLLEEN A. DOLAN
JENNIFER A. SMITH
DAN R. REASER
PAUL E. LARSEN
ALLEN J. WILT
  LYNN S. FULSTONE
RORY J. REID
DAN C. McGUIRE
JOHN E. DAWSON
FRED D. “PETE” GIBSON, III
CHARLES H. McCREA JR.
GREGORY E. SMITH
MALANI L. KOTCHKA
LESLIE BRYAN HART
CRAIG E. ETEM
TODD E. KENNEDY
MATTHEW E. WATSON
JOHN M. NAYLOR
WILLIAM J. McKEAN
ELIZABETH BRICKFIELD
GREGORY R. GEMIGNANI
LINDA M. BULLEN
LAURA J. THALACKER
DOREEN SPEARS HARTWELL
LAURA K. GRANIER
MAXIMILIANO D. COUVILLIER III
ERIN FLYNN
JENNIFER ROBERTS
MARK A. CLAYTON
  ATTORNEYS AT LAW
1700 BANK OF AMERICA PLAZA
300 SOUTH FOURTH STREET
LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89101
(702) 383-8888
FAX (702) 383-8845
lsc@lionelsawyer.com
www.lionelsawyer.com
  MICHAEL D. KNOX
MEREDITH L. MARKWELL
DOUGLAS A. CANNON
RICHARD T. CUNNINGHAM
MATTHEW R. POLICASTRO
JENNIFER J. DiMARZIO
PEARL L.GALLAGHER
SUSAN L. MYERS
BRIAN S. PICK
JENNIFER L. BRASTER
LUCAS J. TUCKER
CHRISTOPHER WALTHER
KEVIN J. HEJMANOWSKI
  KETAN D. BHIRUD
ROBERT W. HERNQUIST
TIMOTHY R. MULLINER
COURTNEY MILLER O’MARA
BRIAN H. SCHUSTERMAN
MOHAMED A. IQBAL, JR.
KELLY R. KICHLINE
MARK J. GARDBERG
JAMES B. GIBSON
GREG J. CARLSON
JING ZHAO
JOHN D. TENNERT
 
               
        March 7, 2011   OF COUNSEL
A. WILLIAM MAUPIN
RICHARD J. MORGAN*
ELLEN WHITTEMORE
CHRISTOPHER MATHEWS
*ADMITTED IN CA ONLY
WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER
(702) 383-8837
mgoldstein@lionelsawyer.com
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
5501 Headquarters Dr.
Plano, TX 75024
Our file 18977-04
Ladies and Gentlemen:
As special Nevada counsel for Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C., a Nevada limited liability company (the “Local Guarantor”) we are rendering this opinion in connection with the preparation by Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RAC”), and certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC, including the Local Guarantor, of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed exchange offer by RAC to issue up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees in exchange for an equivalent principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Outstanding Notes”) and related guarantees that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the consummation of the exchange offer.
     The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010, among RAC, certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC, including the Local Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) relating to the Outstanding Notes (“Indenture”). The Local Guarantor will issue a guarantee with respect to the Exchange Notes (the “Guarantee”).
RENO OFFICE: 1100 BANK OF AMERICA PLAZA, 50 WEST LIBERTY STREET RENO, NEVADA 89501 (775) 788-8666 FAX (775) 788-8682
CARSON CITY OFFICE: 410 SOUTH CARSON STREET CARSON CITY, NEVADA 89701 (775) 851-2115 FAX (775) 841-2119

 


 

lionel sawyer & collins
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
March 7, 2011
Page 2
We have examined:
1. The Registration Statement;
2. the Indenture;
3. the Exchange Notes;
4. the Guarantee of the Local Guarantor as evidenced by the Indenture;
5. Articles of Organization for the Local Guarantor certified by the Nevada Secretary of State (the “Local Guarantor Articles of Organization”);
6. Good Standing Certificates for the Local Guarantor certified by the Nevada Secretary of State;
7. Resolutions for the Local Guarantor certified by an officer of the Local Guarantor;
8. Operating Agreement for the Local Guarantor certified by an officer of the Local Guarantor (the “Local Guarantor Operating Agreement”);
9. Certificates of an officer of the Local Guarantor.
We have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to originals of all copies of all documents submitted to us. We have relied upon the certificates of all public officials and corporate officers with respect to the accuracy of all matters contained therein.
As used herein, the phrase “the best of our knowledge” means only such actual knowledge as we have obtained from consultation with attorneys presently in our firm whom we have determined are likely, in the ordinary course of their respective duties, to have knowledge of the matters covered by such opinions. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, we have not conducted any other investigation or review in connection with the opinions rendered herein, including without limitation a review of any of our files or the files of RAC or the Local Guarantor.
We assume the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee.

 


 

lionel sawyer & collins
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
March 7, 2011
Page 3
Based upon the foregoing and subject to the following it is our opinion that:
(i) The Local Guarantor is a limited liability company which has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.
(ii) The Local Guarantor has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into and deliver the Indenture and the Guarantee and to perform its specific obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee.
(iii) The Indenture and the Guarantee have been validly authorized by the requisite limited liability company action of the Local Guarantor.
(iv) The execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Guarantee, the performance of the Indenture and the Guarantee and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and compliance by the Local Guarantor with its obligations thereunder do not and will not: (1) require any consent or approval of their respective members or (2) result in any violation of the provisions of (A) any applicable Nevada law or administrative regulation or to the best of our knowledge, any administrative or court decree of any agency or court of the State of Nevada, which would result in a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Local Guarantor and RAC considered as one enterprise or (B) the Local Guarantor Articles of Organization or Local Guarantor Operating Agreement.
We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Nevada.
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 


 

lionel sawyer & collins
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
March 7, 2011
Page 4
This opinion letter is intended solely for use in connection with the registration and offering of the Guarantee as described in the Registration Statement; provided, however, we hereby consent to the reliance upon this opinion by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P, in connection with the Registration Statement and transactions related to the Indenture and the Guarantee.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ LIONEL SAWYER & COLLINS    
     
  LIONEL SAWYER & COLLINS   
 

 

exv5w4
Exhibit 5.4
(FRANTZ WARD LETTERHEAD)
March 7, 2011
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special counsel to Rainbow Rentals, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“RRI”), in connection with the preparation and filing by Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RAC”), and certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC, including RRI, of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed exchange offer by RAC to issue up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) and related guarantees in exchange for an equivalent principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Outstanding Notes”) and related guarantees that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the consummation of the exchange offer.
     The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010, among RAC, certain subsidiary guarantors of RAC, including RRI, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) relating to the Outstanding Notes (“Indenture”). RRI will execute a guarantee with respect to the Exchange Notes (the “Guarantee”). Any capitalized terms used in this Opinion and not otherwise defined have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.
     In rendering this Opinion, we have examined originals or copies of such corporate records of RRI, certificates and other communications of public officials, certificates of officers of RRI and such other documents as we have deemed necessary. As to questions of fact material to the opinions rendered herein, we have, to the extent we deemed appropriate, relied on certificates of officers of RRI and on certificates and other communications of public officials. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures on, and the authenticity of, all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the due authorization, execution and delivery by the parties thereto of all documents examined by us (other than the due authorization of the Indenture and the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Guarantee by RRI), the legal capacity of each individual who signed any of those documents, and the accuracy and completeness of all public records reviewed by us.
     Where we render an opinion “to our knowledge,” it is based solely upon the actual knowledge of the attorneys who have been directly involved in representing RRI, and that in the course of our representation of RRI that no facts have come to our attention that would give us actual knowledge or actual notice that the opinion is not accurate. We have undertaken no independent investigation or verification of such matters.

 


 

     Based on the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth in subsequent portions of this letter, we are of the opinion that:
     1. RRI is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio with full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee.
     2. The execution, delivery and performance by RRI of the Indenture and the Guarantee have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of RRI and the Indenture and the Guarantee have been duly executed and delivered by RRI.
     3. The Guarantee will be (a) duly executed by RRI when signed by an officer of RRI designated in the resolutions of its Board of Directors relating thereto, and (b) duly delivered by RRI when duly executed by RRI and delivered to the Trustee, to the extent that such delivery to the Trustee also constitutes deliver to the Holders.
     4. No consent, approval, authorization or order of any governmental agency or body of the State of Ohio generally applicable to corporations is required to be obtained by RRI for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture or the Guarantee.
     5. To our knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court of the State of Ohio is required to be obtained by RRI for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture or the Guarantee.
     We are admitted to practice law in the State of Ohio, and do not herein express any opinion as to matters governed by any laws other than the federal laws of the United States of America and the laws of the State of Ohio.
     This Opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly contained herein. We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion to reflect facts or circumstances after the effective date of the Registration Statement that may thereafter come to our attention or any changes in the law that may thereafter occur.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. may rely upon this opinion in connection with the Registration Statement and the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ FRANTZ WARD LLP    
  FRANTZ WARD LLP   
     
 

 

exv12w1
Exhibit 12.1
STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
     We have computed the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the following periods on a consolidated basis. For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” consist of pretax income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). “Fixed charges” represent interest incurred (whether expensed or capitalized), amortization of debt expense, and that portion of rental expense on operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest. We have determined that one-fourth of our rental expense represents a reasonable approximation of the interest portion of rental expense. You should read the ratio of earnings to fixed charges in conjunction with our consolidated and condensed financial statements that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
                                         
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
Earnings
                                       
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
    164,138       116,286       221,342       270,370       274,757  
Plus: Fixed charges
    108,720       152,383       120,185       81,548       82,239  
     
Total
    272,858       268,669       341,527       351,918       356,996  
 
                                       
Fixed Charges
                                       
Interest expense
    58,559       94,788       66,241       26,791       26,766  
Estimate of interest portion of rental expense
    50,161       57,595       53,944       54,757       55,473  
     
Total
    108,720       152,383       120,185       81,548       82,239  
 
                                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    2.51x       1.76x       2.84x       4.32x       4.34x  

- 1 -

exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     We have issued our reports, dated February 25, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 of Rent-A-Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries, which are incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4/A. We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of the aforementioned reports, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”
GRANT THORNTON LLP
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 7, 2011

exv25w1
Exhibit 25.1
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) [                    ]
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
     
    95-3571558
(Jurisdiction of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
700 South Flower Street    
Suite 500    
Los Angeles, California   90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
 
Rent-A-Center, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   45-0491516
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

 


 

ColorTyme, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Texas   75-2651408
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
ColorTyme Finance, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Texas   20-5732299
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Rainbow Rentals, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Ohio   34-1512520
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
RAC National Product Service, LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   42-1626381
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Remco America, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   76-0195669
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

- 2 -


 

Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   81-0642504
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Rent-A-Center East, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   48-1024367
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Rent-A-Center International Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   81-0642507
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Texas   45-0491512
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Nevada   45-0491520
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

- 3 -


 

Rent-A-Center West, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   48-1156618
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
Get It Now, LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Nevada   16-1628325
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
RAC East Ohio, LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   27-3437862
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
The Rental Store, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Arizona   86-0449010
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
5501 Headquarters Drive
Plano, Texas
  75024
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
 
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
and Guarantees of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

- 4 -


 

1.   General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
     
Name   Address
Comptroller of the Currency United States Department of the Treasury
  Washington, DC 20219
 
   
Federal Reserve Bank
  San Francisco, CA 94105
 
   
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
  Washington, DC 20429
  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
      Yes.
2.   Affiliations with Obligor.
      If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
 
      None.
16.   List of Exhibits.
      Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).
  1.   A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).
 
  2.   A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
 
  3.   A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

- 5 -


 

  4.   A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-162713).
 
  6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).
 
  7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

- 6 -


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Houston, and State of Texas, on the 3rd day of March, 2011.
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /S/ Kash Asghar    
    Name:   Kash Asghar   
    Title:   Senior Associate   
 

- 7 -


 

EXHIBIT 7
Consolidated Report of Condition of
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
of 700 South Flower Street, Suite 200, Los Angeles, CA 90017
     At the close of business December 31, 2010, published in accordance with Federal regulatory authority instructions.
         
    Dollar Amounts  
    in Thousands  
ASSETS
       
 
       
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
       
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin
    2,000  
Interest-bearing balances
    151  
Securities:
       
Held-to-maturity securities
    7  
Available-for-sale securities
    754,025  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
       
Federal funds sold
    70,300  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    0  
Loans and lease financing receivables:
       
Loans and leases held for sale
    0  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    0  
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    0  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance
    0  
Trading assets
    0  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
    9,168  
Other real estate owned
    0  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies
    1  
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures
    0  
Intangible assets:
       
Goodwill
    856,313  
Other intangible assets
    216,233  
Other assets
    159,872  
 
     
Total assets
  $ 2,068,070  
 
     

1


 

         
    Dollar Amounts  
    in Thousands  
LIABILITIES
       
 
       
Deposits:
       
In domestic offices
    500  
Noninterest-bearing
    500  
Interest-bearing
    0  
Not applicable
       
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
       
Federal funds purchased
    0  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    0  
Trading liabilities
    0  
Other borrowed money:
       
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
    268,691  
Not applicable
       
Not applicable
       
Subordinated notes and debentures
    0  
Other liabilities
    235,783  
Total liabilities
    504,974  
Not applicable
       
 
       
EQUITY CAPITAL
       
 
       
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
    0  
Common stock
    1,000  
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
    1,121,520  
Not available
       
Retained earnings
    438,997  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,579  
Other equity capital components
    0  
Not available
       
Total bank equity capital
    1,563,096  
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    0  
Total equity capital
    1,563,096  
 
     
Total liabilities and equity capital
    2,068,070  
 
     
     I, Karen Bayz, Managing Director of the above-named bank do hereby declare that the Reports of Condition and Income (including the supporting schedules) for this report date have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
             
Karen Bayz
    )     Managing Director
     We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of the Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) for this report date and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.
             
Troy Kilpatrick, President
    )      
Frank P. Sulzberger, MD
    )     Directors (Trustees)
William D. Lindelof, MD
    )      

2

exv99w1
 
Exhibit 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO TENDER
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$300,000,000 OUTSTANDING
6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020
AND SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OF THE
6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020
FOR
$300,000,000 REGISTERED
6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020
AND SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OF THE
6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020
 
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED          , 2011
 
The Exchange Offer and Withdrawal Rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2011 unless the offer is extended
 
The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations — Reorganization Unit
480 Washington Boulevard, 27th Floor
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
Attention: Mr. David Mauer
 
If you wish to exchange outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 for an equal aggregate principal amount of registered 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 pursuant to the exchange offer, you must validly tender (and not withdraw) outstanding notes to the exchange agent prior to the 5:00 p.m., New York city time, on the expiration date.
 
We refer you to the Prospectus, dated          , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “exchange notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “outstanding notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
 
The Issuer reserves the right, at any time, or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term “expiration date” shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Issuer shall notify the exchange agent, and make a public announcement, of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by holders of the outstanding notes. Tender of the outstanding notes is to be made according to the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.” DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the exchange agent’s DTC account. DTC will then send a computer-generated message, known as an “agent’s message,” to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. For you to validly tender your outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, prior to the Expiration Date the exchange agent must receive an agent’s message under the ATOP procedures that confirms that:
 
  •  DTC has received your instructions to exchange your outstanding notes, and
 
  •  you agree to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.
 
BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
1. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.
 
2. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you represent and warrant that you have full authority to tender the outstanding notes described above and will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender of the outstanding notes.
 
3. You understand that the tender of the outstanding notes pursuant to all of the procedures set forth in the Prospectus will constitute an agreement between you and the Issuer as to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
 
4. By tendering the outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to third parties by the staff of the SEC, including Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989), Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991), and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter (available July 2, 1993), that the exchange notes issued in exchange for the outstanding notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold, and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus-delivery provisions of the Securities Act (other than a broker-dealer who purchased outstanding notes in exchange for such exchange notes directly from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act and any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), provided that such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders are not participating in, and have not made any arrangement with any other person to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes.
 
5. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you hereby represent and warrant that:
 
a. the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of your business;
 
b. you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of outstanding notes or exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;
 
c. you are not an “affiliate,” as such term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, of the Issuer, or if you are an “affiliate,” you will comply with the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable; and
 
d. if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus (as required by law) in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
 
6. If you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you acknowledge by tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivery a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
7. If you are a broker-dealer and the outstanding notes held for your own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such outstanding notes cannot be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
8. Any of your obligations hereunder shall be binding upon your successors, assigns, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, and legal and personal representatives.


2


 

 
INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
1.   Book-Entry Confirmations.
 
Any confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the exchange agent’s account at DTC of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), as well as agent’s message and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
2.   Partial Tenders.
 
Tenders of outstanding notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The entire principal amount of outstanding notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise communicated to the exchange agent. If the entire principal amount of all outstanding notes is not tendered, then outstanding notes for the principal amount of outstanding notes not tendered and exchange notes issued in exchange for any outstanding notes accepted will be delivered to the holder via the facilities of DTC promptly after the outstanding notes are accepted for exchange.
 
3.   Validity of Tenders.
 
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any outstanding notes. The Issuer’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions on this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Although the Issuer intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither the Issuer, the exchange agent, nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that the Issuer determines are not properly tendered or the tender of which is otherwise rejected by the Issuer, and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived, will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.
 
4.   Waiver of Conditions.
 
The Issuer reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, up to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus or in this Letter of Transmittal.
 
5.   No Conditional Tender.
 
No alternative, conditional, irregular, or contingent tender of outstanding notes will be accepted.
 
6.   Request for Assistance or Additional Copies.
 
Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the exchange agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
 
7.   Withdrawal.
 
Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders.”
 
8.   No Guarantee of Late Delivery.
 
There is no procedure for guarantee of late delivery in the Exchange Offer.
 
IMPORTANT: BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.


3

corresp1
(FULLBRIGHT LETTERHEAD)
March 7, 2011
Securities and Exchange Commission
Division of Corporate Finance
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Attn: Jay Ingram and Erin Jaskot
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Company”) has filed Amendment No. 1 (the “Amendment”) to the Company’s above-referenced Registration Statement on Form S-4, reflecting changes made in response to the staff’s (the “Staff’s”) comment letter dated February 16, 2011 (the “Comment Letter”).
All responses to the comments set forth in this letter are submitted on behalf of the Company at its request. The Company’s responses to the Staff’s comments are set forth after each numbered paragraph, each of which corresponds to the numbered paragraphs of the Comment Letter.
Form S-4 filed January 25, 2011
General
  1.   We note that you are registering the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 in reliance on our position enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (April 13, 1988). See also Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter (July 2, 1993). Accordingly, with the next amendment, please provide us with a supplemental letter stating that you are registering the exchange offer in reliance on our position contained in these letters and include the representations contained in the Morgan Stanley and Shearman & Sterling no-action letters.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. Concurrently with filing the Amendment, the Company has provided a supplemental letter stating that the Company is registering the exchange offer in reliance on the Staff’s position contained in the above-referenced SEC No-Action Letters, which includes the representations contained therein.
 
  2.   Please note that at the time of its effectiveness, your registration statement must comply with the financial statement requirements for subsidiary guarantors set forth in Rule 3-10
AUSTIN · BEIJING · DALLAS · DENVER · DUBAI · HONG KONG · HOUSTON · LONDON · LOS ANGELES
MINNEAPOLIS · MUNICH · NEW YORK · RIYADH · SAN ANTONIO · ST. LOUIS · WASHINGTON DC
www.fulbright.com

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 2
      of Regulation S-X. Please advise us as to how you plan to comply with these requirements. See SEC Release No. 33-7878 (August 15, 2000).
      Response
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Amendment has been updated to include the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2010.
Prospectus Cover Page
  3.   Where you disclose the title of the securities at the top of the outside cover, please revise to add the guarantees of the exchange notes that are being offered simultaneously.
      Response
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The cover page has been revised to reflect the Staff’s comment.
  4.   To the extent that circumstances warrant, please be aware of our position as articulated in Securities Act Forms Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 123.01, which is applicable to registration statements on Form S-4 that provide Form S-3-level disclosure.
      Response
      The Company acknowledges the Staff’s position articulated in Securities Act Forms Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 123.01. The Company will not seek effectiveness prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the filing of its definitive proxy statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and (ii) the filing of an amendment to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which includes the required officer and director information.
  5.   Please disclose the following on the cover page:
    Broker-dealers who receive new securities pursuant to the exchange offer acknowledge that they will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities; and
    Broker-dealers who acquired the old securities as a result of market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the new securities.

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 3
      Response
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The cover page has been revised to reflect the Staff’s comment.
 
  6.   As currently represented, the offer could be open for less than 20 full business days due to the 5:00 p.m. expiration time instead of an expiration time of midnight on what ultimately may be the twentieth business day following commencement. See Question and Answer Eight in Exchange Act Release No. 16623 (March 5, 1980). Please confirm that the offer will be open at least through midnight on the twentieth business day. See Rule 14d-l(g)(3).
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company confirms that the offer will be open at least through midnight on the twentieth business day following commencement of the exchange offer. The Company intends for the exchange offer to remain open at least until 5:00 p.m. on the twenty-first business day following commencement. Accordingly, the Company has not revised the references to the 5:00 p.m. expiration time in the prospectus.
 
  7.   Please confirm that the expiration date will be included in the final prospectus disseminated to security holders and filed pursuant to the applicable provisions of Rule 424 under the Securities Act.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company confirms that the expiration date will be included in the final prospectus disseminated to security holders and filed pursuant to the applicable provisions of Rule 424 under the Securities Act.
Forward-Looking Statements, page iii
  8.   The safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 does not apply to statements made in connection with a tender offer. See Section 27A(b)(2)(C) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act. Therefore, please delete the reference to the safe harbor or state explicitly that the safe harbor protections it provides do not apply to statements made in connection with the offer.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has revised the paragraph on page iii of the prospectus to remove the reference to the safe harbor of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
The Exchange Offer, page 19
Terms of the Exchange Offer, page 19

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 4
  9.   We note the disclosure that parties tendering the outstanding notes for exchange notes will represent to you that they are “not participating in, and have no understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of the exchange notes issued to [them] in the exchange offer.” Please revise to have each party also acknowledge that it “does not intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes.”
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has included additional disclosure on page 6 and page 20 of the prospectus to reflect the Staff’s comment.
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments, page 21
  10.   We note that you reserve the right to extend the exchange offer by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the exchange agent. Please confirm in your prospectus that such notice will disclose the number of securities tendered as of the date of the notice in compliance with Rule 14e-l(d).
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has included the requested disclosure on page 21 of the prospectus.
Letter of Transmittal
  11.   We note the disclosure in the second paragraph stating that the Letter of Transmittal describes the offer to exchange the “6.6255% Senior Notes due 2020.” Please revise to clarify that these are the “6.625% Senior Notes due 2020.”
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has revised the second paragraph of the Letter of Transmittal to reference “6.625% Senior Notes due 2020.”
Signatures
  12.   For Rent-A-Center, Inc. and for each co-registrant guarantor, please revise to include the signatures of the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, controller or principal accounting officer, and at least a majority of the board of directors. See Instruction 1 to Signatures on Form S-4.

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 5
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has revised the signature blocks to identify certain officers of the Company and each co-registrant guarantor as such entity’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, controller, or principal accounting officer, as applicable.
Exhibits
  13.   We note that the Indenture, Exhibit 4.2, is incorporated by reference to your Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2,2010. However, we note that the copy of the Indenture filed with such Form 8-K does not include the signatures of Rent-A-Center or any of the subsidiary guarantors. If a complete copy of the executed agreement has been filed previously, please advise us as to where it is located. Otherwise, please file an executed copy with your amendment to the Form S-4.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Company has filed a fully executed copy of the Indenture as Exhibit 4.2 to the Amendment.
Legal Opinions
General
  14.   Please file the opinions of DLA Piper LLP (US), Lionel, Sawyer & Collins, and Frantz Ward LLP as Exhibits 5.2 – 5.4.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The opinions of DLA Piper LLP (US), Lionel, Sawyer & Collins, and Frantz Ward LLP are filed as Exhibits 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4, respectively, to the Amendment.
 
  15.   We note that each of the legal opinions of Fulbright & Jaworski LLP, DLA Piper LLP (US), Lionel, Sawyer & Collins, and Frantz Ward LLP are given “as of the date hereof” and that counsel in each case assumes no obligation to update or supplement the legal opinion. Please be advised that before we take action on the registration statement, it will be necessary for counsel to file updated legal opinions. Alternatively, counsel should remove the limitations from the opinions.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. Each of the legal opinions of Fulbright & Jaworski LLP, DLA Piper LLP (US), Lionel, Sawyer & Collins, and Frantz Ward LLP, filed as Exhibits 5.1 – 5.4, respectively, with the Amendment have removed the referenced limitations.

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 6
Legal Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski LLP
  16.   We note that counsel refers to the General Corporation Law and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and reported judicial interpretations of such laws. Please have counsel confirm for us in writing that the reference to such laws includes the statutory provisions and also all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution, in addition to the reported judicial interpretations.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. Fulbright & Jaworski LLP confirms to the Staff that references to the General Corporation Law and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and reported judicial interpretations of such laws, included in the legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Amendment, includes the statutory provisions and also all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution, in addition to the reported judicial interpretations.
 
  17.   Counsel cannot assume due authorization, execution and delivery of documents by the company and the subsidiary guarantors. Please revise the last sentence of the second paragraph accordingly, including specifying that counsel is not assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the company and the subsidiary guarantors.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The opinion of Fulbright and Jaworski, filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Amendment, has removed the assumption of due authorization, execution and delivery of documents by the Company and subsidiary guarantors.
 
  18.   We note that the legal opinion expresses no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of Section 12.13 of the Indenture relating to the severability of any provision of the Indenture, Exchange Notes or Guarantees of the Exchange Notes. Please tell us supplementally whether counsel believes that Section 12.13 of the Indenture as to which it expresses no opinion is already covered by the limitations set forth in your opinion relating to bankruptcy, general principles of equity and judicial discretion. If the enforceability of Section 12.13 is already covered by these limitations, please tell us why counsel has specifically carved out this provision, or revise the opinion to remove the carve-out. If the enforceability of the provisions is not covered by these standard limitations, please explain why the carve-out is necessary.

 


 

March 7, 2011
Page 7
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The opinion of Fulbright and Jaworski, filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Amendment, has removed the carve-out of Section 12.13 of the Indenture.
Legal Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US)
  19.   We note the statement on page 3 that the legal opinion is for the “sole use” of Fulbright & Jaworski LLP and is “not to be made available to or relied upon by any other person or entity” and that it may not be relied upon or used for any other purpose, without counsel’s prior express written consent. Disclaimers of responsibility that in any way state or imply that investors are not entitled to rely on the opinion, or other limitations on whom may rely on the opinion, are not acceptable. Please revise or delete this disclaimer from the legal opinion.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The legal opinion of DLA Piper, filed as Exhibit 5.2 to the Amendment, has removed the language limiting reliance on the opinion.
 
  20.   We note that the legal opinion states that The Rental Store, Inc. entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated December 21, 2010. Please file such Supplemental Indenture, and any other Supplemental Indenture entered into by a subsidiary guarantor, as an exhibit to the registration statement.
 
      Response
 
      The Staff’s comment is noted. The Supplemental Indenture entered into by The Rental Store, Inc. on December 21, 2010 has been filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Amendment.
Please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned should you have any further questions or comments regarding the foregoing.
Very truly yours,
/s/ James R. Griffin
James R. Griffin
JRG
cc:  Dawn Wolverton
      Thomas W. Hughes
      Kristy Waterman

 

corresp2
(RAC LOGO)
March 7, 2011
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549
     
Re:
  Rent-A-Center, Inc.
Registration Statement on Form S-4/A Filed Today
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the above referenced Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Registrant”) to issue up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 and related guarantees that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registered Notes”), in exchange for an equivalent aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 and related guarantees (the “Outstanding Notes”), the undersigned hereby confirms and represents as follows:
     1. The Registrant and its subsidiary guarantors listed in the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed today (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the Staff’s position enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (May 13, 1988) (the “Exxon Capital Letter”), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter (June 5, 1991) (the “Morgan Stanley Letter”), Shearman & Sterling (July 2, 1993) and similar letters.
     2. Neither the Registrant nor the Subsidiary Guarantors have entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the securities to be received in the Exchange Offer and, to the best of the Registrant’s information and belief, each person participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the securities in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the securities to be received in the Exchange Offer. In this regard, the Registrant will make each person participating in the Exchange Offer aware (through the prospectus for the Exchange Offer or otherwise) that if the Exchange Offer is being registered for the purpose of secondary resales, any security holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the registered Exchange Offer (i) cannot rely on the Staff’s position enunciated in the Exxon Capital Letter, the Morgan Stanley Letter or similar letters and (ii) must comply with registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with a secondary resale transaction. The Registrant acknowledges that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K.

-1-


 

     3. Neither the Registrant nor any of its affiliates has entered into any arrangement or understanding with any broker-dealer to distribute the Registered Notes.
     4. The Registrant (i) will make each person participating in the Exchange Offer aware (through the prospectus for the Exchange Offer or otherwise) that any broker-dealer who holds Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and who receives Registered Notes in exchange for such Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act as described in Item 2 above in connection with any resale of such Registered Notes; and (ii) will include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer a provision to the effect that if the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, such exchange offeree acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Registered Notes received in respect of such Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
     If any member of the Staff has any questions regarding the foregoing, he or she should telephone James R. Griffin of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. at (214) 855-8255.
     
Very truly yours,
 
   
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
 
   
 
   
By:
         /s/  Robert D. Davis
 
   
     
 
       Name:  Robert D. Davis
 
       Title:    Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial                   Officer, and Treasurer

-2-